[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018181286A1 - Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package - Google Patents

Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018181286A1
WO2018181286A1 PCT/JP2018/012387 JP2018012387W WO2018181286A1 WO 2018181286 A1 WO2018181286 A1 WO 2018181286A1 JP 2018012387 W JP2018012387 W JP 2018012387W WO 2018181286 A1 WO2018181286 A1 WO 2018181286A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
prepreg
group
epoxy resin
resin composition
thermosetting resin
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2018/012387
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
芳克 白男川
垣谷 稔
清水 浩
圭祐 串田
辰徳 金子
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Resonac Corp
Original Assignee
Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd filed Critical Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd
Priority to JP2019509871A priority Critical patent/JP7120219B2/en
Priority to CN201880034594.4A priority patent/CN110678505B/en
Priority to KR1020197031500A priority patent/KR102478431B1/en
Publication of WO2018181286A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018181286A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to JP2022123936A priority patent/JP7459900B2/en
Priority to JP2024038196A priority patent/JP2024071417A/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/24Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs
    • C08J5/241Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs using inorganic fibres
    • C08J5/244Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs using inorganic fibres using glass fibres
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/24Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/12Unsaturated polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/24Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs
    • C08J5/249Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs characterised by the additives used in the prepolymer mixture
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/34Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K3/36Silica
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/54Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K5/544Silicon-containing compounds containing nitrogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K9/00Use of pretreated ingredients
    • C08K9/04Ingredients treated with organic substances
    • C08K9/06Ingredients treated with organic substances with silicon-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L25/00Compositions of, homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L25/02Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons
    • C08L25/04Homopolymers or copolymers of styrene
    • C08L25/08Copolymers of styrene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L35/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a carboxyl radical, and containing at least one other carboxyl radical in the molecule, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L35/06Copolymers with vinyl aromatic monomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L63/00Compositions of epoxy resins; Compositions of derivatives of epoxy resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • H05K1/0313Organic insulating material
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2300/00Characterised by the use of unspecified polymers
    • C08J2300/24Thermosetting resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2435/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a carboxyl radical, and containing at least one other carboxyl radical in the molecule, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2435/06Copolymers with vinyl aromatic monomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2463/00Characterised by the use of epoxy resins; Derivatives of epoxy resins

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a prepreg manufacturing method, a prepreg, a laminated board, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package.
  • the wiring board In multilayer printed wiring boards, it is important to have high electrical connection reliability and excellent high-frequency characteristics between multiple layers of wiring patterns formed with fine wiring pitch, and high connection reliability with semiconductor chips. Sex is required.
  • the wiring board In particular, in recent years, in a mother board such as a multi-function mobile phone terminal, the wiring board has a wiring width (L) and a spacing (S) (hereinafter referred to as wiring) along with high-speed communication, high wiring density, and extremely thin wiring board. In some cases, the width and the interval are combined to be expressed as [L / S]). With such narrowing of L / S, it is becoming difficult to stably produce a wiring board with a high yield.
  • a layer without a wiring pattern called a “skip layer” is provided in a part of the layers in consideration of a communication failure or the like.
  • the amount of wiring design increases and the number of layers of the wiring board increases.
  • the provision of the skip layer causes a problem that the thickness of the motherboard further increases.
  • L / S impedance can be easily controlled by lowering the dielectric constant of the insulating material, so L / S can be stably produced in a shape close to the current design, and the number of layers can be reduced by reducing skip layers.
  • the insulating material used for the wiring board is required to have a material characteristic with a small relative dielectric constant.
  • a mother board used for a multifunctional mobile phone terminal or the like is required to be connected by a small-diameter laser via when connecting between layers as the wiring density increases and the pattern width narrows.
  • filled plating is often used, and the connectivity at the interface between inner layer copper and plated copper is very important, so there is a tendency to improve the laser workability of the base material. .
  • a step of removing resin residual components is performed.
  • the desmear treatment is performed on the bottom surface and the wall surface of the laser via, when the resin component of the base material is dissolved in a large amount by the desmear treatment, the shape of the laser via may be remarkably deformed due to the dissolution of the resin. Various problems such as non-uniformity around the plating may occur. For this reason, it is required that the amount of the resin component of the base material dissolved by the desmear treatment, that is, the so-called desmear dissolution amount is an appropriate value.
  • a resin composition containing an epoxy resin see Patent Document 1
  • a resin composition containing polyphenylene ether and bismaleimide see Patent Document 2
  • a resin composition containing polyphenylene ether and a cyanate resin (patent Reference 3)
  • a resin composition containing at least one of styrene-based thermoplastic elastomers and / or triallyl cyanurate see Patent Document 4
  • a resin composition containing polybutadiene see Patent Document 5
  • polyphenylene A resin composition obtained by pre-reacting an ether resin, a polyfunctional maleimide and / or polyfunctional cyanate resin, and liquid polybutadiene see Patent Document 6
  • a compound having an unsaturated double bond group are provided.
  • insulating materials used for wiring boards tend to require various characteristics such as reducing the relative dielectric constant.
  • the dimensional variation of the prepreg varies with respect to interlayer connection by small diameter laser vias. Is also one of the most important characteristics.
  • a multi-step lamination method is required as a method for laminating the prepreg, and the prepreg is subjected to a plurality of heat amounts and stress during lamination. For this reason, when the variation in the dimensional change of the prepreg is large (meaning the variation in the amount of heat shrinkage), a misalignment of vias connecting the layers may occur each time the layers are stacked.
  • the prepreg containing the conventional resin composition does not sufficiently suppress the variation in the dimensional change, and there is room for further improvement in this respect. .
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a prepreg with a small variation in dimensional change, and to provide a prepreg, a laminate, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package with a small variation in dimensional change.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a prepreg, a laminated board, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package that are less likely to cause misalignment of vias.
  • the present inventors impregnated a thermosetting resin composition into a substrate, and then B-staged the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor. After obtaining the prepreg, the surface of the prepreg precursor is heat-treated at a predetermined heat source temperature to obtain a prepreg. It came to do.
  • the present invention has been completed based on such knowledge.
  • the present invention relates to the following [1] to [20].
  • the surface heat treatment step is a step of heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C.
  • the surface heat treatment step is a step of heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor so that the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor is 40 to 130 ° C.
  • a method for producing a prepreg. [3] The prepreg according to [1] or [2], further including a step of cooling the prepreg precursor to 5 to 60 ° C. after the step of obtaining the prepreg precursor and before the surface heat treatment step. Manufacturing method.
  • thermosetting resin composition contains (A) a maleimide compound.
  • the component (A) includes (a1) a maleimide compound having at least two N-substituted maleimide groups, (a2) a monoamine compound represented by the following general formula (a2-1), and (a3) The method for producing a prepreg according to the above [5], which is a maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group obtained by reacting with a diamine compound represented by the general formula (a3-1).
  • R A4 represents an acidic substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonic acid group
  • R A5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.
  • t is an integer of 1 to 5
  • u is an integer of 0 to 4
  • 1 ⁇ t + u ⁇ 5 provided that when t is an integer of 2 to 5, a plurality of R A4 may be the same
  • a plurality of R A5 may be the same or different.
  • X A2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or —O—.
  • R A6 and R A7 each independently represents an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • thermosetting resin composition further comprises (B) an epoxy resin, The above [5] or (C) containing a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride, and (D) silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent.
  • the component (B) is a bisphenol F type epoxy resin, a phenol novolak type epoxy resin, a cresol novolak type epoxy resin, a naphthalene type epoxy resin, an anthracene type epoxy resin, a biphenyl type epoxy resin, a biphenyl aralkyl novolak type epoxy resin, and The method for producing a prepreg according to the above [7], which is at least one selected from the group consisting of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins.
  • R C1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R C2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms
  • a prepreg comprising a base material and a thermosetting resin composition and having a standard deviation ⁇ of 0.012% or less determined according to the following method.
  • Standard deviation ⁇ calculation method A copper foil having a thickness of 18 ⁇ m is stacked on both surfaces of one prepreg, and heat-press molding is performed at 190 ° C. and 2.45 MPa for 90 minutes, thereby producing a double-sided copper-clad laminate having a thickness of 0.1 mm. With respect to the double-sided copper clad laminate thus obtained, a hole having a diameter of 1.0 mm is formed in the plane at the locations 1 to 8 shown in FIG. Use an image measuring machine to determine the distance between each of the three points in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) shown in FIG. And measure each distance as the initial value.
  • thermosetting resin composition contains (A) a maleimide compound.
  • thermosetting resin composition further comprises (B) an epoxy resin, The above [10] or (C) containing a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride, and (D) silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent.
  • the thermosetting resin composition contains (G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent.
  • thermosetting resin composition contains (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound.
  • thermosetting resin composition contains (G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent.
  • thermosetting resin composition contains (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a method for producing a prepreg with a small variation in dimensional change, and to provide a prepreg, a laminate, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package with a small variation in dimensional change.
  • the present invention can also provide a prepreg, a laminated board, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package that are less likely to cause misalignment of vias.
  • the upper limit value or the lower limit value of the numerical range may be replaced with the values shown in the examples.
  • the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the numerical range can be arbitrarily combined with the lower limit value and the upper limit value of other numerical ranges, respectively.
  • each component and material illustrated in this specification may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition unless there is a specific notice when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition. Means. Embodiments in which the items described in this specification are arbitrarily combined are also included in the present invention.
  • the present invention includes a step (step 1) of obtaining a prepreg precursor by impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition and then B-staging the thermosetting resin composition to obtain the prepreg precursor.
  • the step 3 is a surface heat treatment step of obtaining a prepreg by heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor so that the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor becomes 40 to 130 ° C. after the step of obtaining the prepreg precursor.
  • step 2 the step of cooling the prepreg precursor to 5 to 35 ° C.
  • step 2 the step of cooling the prepreg precursor to 5 to 35 ° C.
  • Step 1 is a step of impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition, and then B-staging the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor.
  • a method of impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition A hot-melt method, a solvent method, etc. are mentioned.
  • the hot melt method is a method of directly impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition whose viscosity has been reduced by heating.
  • the thermosetting resin composition is once applied to coated paper having excellent peelability.
  • the solvent method is a method of impregnating a base material in a state where a thermosetting resin composition contains an organic solvent to form a resin varnish. Can be mentioned.
  • thermosetting resin composition in which the thermosetting resin composition is B-staged can be obtained by impregnating the base material with the thermosetting resin composition and then performing a heat treatment.
  • the B-staging may be performed simultaneously with the heating in laminating the resin film on the substrate. That is, the resin film may be laminated to the substrate while being heated, and the heating may be continued as it is to obtain a prepreg precursor by B-staging the thermosetting resin composition.
  • the heating temperature at the time of lamination and the heating temperature at the B-stage may be the same or different.
  • the heating temperature when laminating the resin film on the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 15 to 150 ° C, 20 to 130 ° C, or 20 to 100 ° C.
  • the B-staging may be performed simultaneously with the heating for drying the resin varnish. That is, after the base material is immersed in the resin varnish, the organic solvent is dried by heating, and the heating is continued as it is, so that the thermosetting resin composition is B-staged to obtain a prepreg precursor.
  • the heating temperature at the time of lamination and the heating temperature at the B-stage may be the same or different.
  • the heating temperature for drying the resin varnish is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 190 ° C., 15 to 180 ° C., or 15 to 170 ° C.
  • the conditions for B-staging in this step 1 are not particularly limited as long as the thermosetting resin composition can be B-staged, and may be appropriately determined according to the type of the thermosetting resin.
  • the heating temperature is, for example, preferably 70 to 190 ° C., 80 to 180 ° C., 120 to 180 ° C., or 140 to 180 ° C.
  • the heating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heating method using a panel heater, a heating method using hot air, a heating method using high frequency, a heating method using magnetic lines, a heating method using a laser, and a heating method combining these. Among these, a heating method using a panel heater and a heating method using hot air are simple and preferable.
  • the heating time is, for example, 1 to 30 minutes, 2 to 20 minutes, 2 to 10 minutes, or 2 to 6 minutes.
  • Step 2 is a step of cooling the prepreg precursor obtained in Step 1. That is, in step 2, the prepreg precursor obtained by subjecting the thermosetting resin composition to B-stage by performing heat treatment in step 1 is cooled to at least a temperature lower than the temperature at which the heat treatment was performed. It is a process. By performing step 2, the thermosetting resin composition is subjected to a thermal history that is generally imparted when producing a prepreg, such as B-staging and cooling, and the obtained prepreg precursor is There is a tendency to inherently cause strains and the like that cause dimensional changes in the prepreg.
  • the strain caused by the thermal history of heating (step 1) and cooling (step 2) before the step 3 to be described later are eliminated by the step 3 and the dimensional change.
  • This is preferable because it is easy to effectively achieve uniform amount.
  • the strain caused by the thermal history of heating (step 1) and cooling (step 2) once eliminated by step 3 does not occur even if the same thermal history is applied after step 3, Or even if it occurs, it becomes very small, and the prepreg obtained by the present invention tends to have very little variation in dimensional change.
  • the prepreg precursor may be cooled by natural cooling or may be performed using a cooling device such as a blower or a cooling roll. In addition, it is preferable to perform cooling with a blower from the viewpoint of productivity.
  • the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor after cooling in this step is usually 5 to 60 ° C., preferably 10 to 45 ° C., more preferably 10 to 30 ° C., and even more preferably room temperature.
  • room temperature refers to an ambient temperature without temperature control such as heating and cooling, and is generally about 15 to 25 ° C., but may vary depending on the weather, season, etc. It is not limited.
  • Step 3 is a surface heat treatment step for obtaining a prepreg by heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C. with respect to the prepreg precursor obtained in the step 1 or the step 2. It can also be referred to as a surface heat treatment step in which the surface of the prepreg precursor is heat-treated so that the surface temperature of the body becomes 40 to 130 ° C. to obtain a prepreg.
  • a prepreg having a small variation in the dimensional change amount is obtained.
  • this step 3 eliminates the distortion of the base material in the prepreg precursor obtained in step 1 or 2, and reduces the dimensional change during curing due to the distortion. Therefore, it is considered that the variation in the dimensional change amount is reduced. By reducing the variation in the dimensional change amount, the occurrence of via misalignment is reduced.
  • the heating method of the surface heat treatment in step 3 is not particularly limited, and is a heating method using a panel heater, a heating method using hot air, a heating method using high frequency, a heating method using magnetic lines, a heating method using a laser, a heating method combining these, and the like. Is mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of easy control of the surface temperature, a heating method using a panel heater and a heating method using hot air are preferable.
  • the surface heat treatment is carried out at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C., but from the viewpoint of keeping the prepreg productivity better, and keeping the prepreg in the B-stage state, the moldability is kept good.
  • the heat source temperature in the surface heat treatment is preferably 250 to 700 ° C., more preferably 300 to 600 ° C., and further preferably 350 to 550 ° C.
  • the surface heat treatment is performed at a surface temperature of the prepreg precursor of, for example, preferably 40 to 40 from the viewpoint of reducing variation in dimensional change while maintaining good prepreg moldability.
  • the temperature is 130 ° C., more preferably 40 to 110 ° C., still more preferably 60 to 90 ° C. It is preferable that the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor is within the above range at the heat source temperature.
  • the heating time of the surface heat treatment is not particularly limited, but the viewpoint of keeping the prepreg productivity good, and maintaining the prepreg in the B-stage state, the dimensional change varies while keeping the moldability good. From the viewpoint of reduction, 1.0 to 10.0 seconds are preferred, 1.5 to 6.0 seconds are more preferred, and 2.0 to 4.0 seconds are even more preferred.
  • Increase in surface temperature of prepreg precursor due to surface heat treatment (that is, absolute value of difference between surface temperature before surface heat treatment and maximum surface temperature reached during surface heat treatment) has good moldability of prepreg From the viewpoint of reducing the variation in the amount of dimensional change while maintaining the temperature, it is preferably 5 to 110 ° C, more preferably 20 to 90 ° C, and further preferably 40 to 70 ° C.
  • the detailed heating conditions of the surface heat treatment may be obtained as long as the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor is higher than the surface temperature before the surface heat treatment is performed by setting the heat source temperature in the above-described range. It is not particularly limited as long as it does not significantly affect various properties (for example, fluidity) of the prepreg, and may be appropriately determined according to the type of the thermosetting resin.
  • the prepreg obtained in step 3 is preferably subjected to a cooling step for cooling the prepreg from the viewpoints of prepreg handling and tackiness.
  • the prepreg may be cooled by natural cooling or using a cooling device such as a blower or a cooling roll.
  • the temperature of the prepreg after cooling is usually 5 to 80 ° C., preferably 8 to 50 ° C., more preferably 10 to 30 ° C., and further preferably room temperature.
  • the content in terms of solid content of the thermosetting resin composition in the prepreg of the present invention obtained as described above is preferably 20 to 90% by mass, more preferably 30 to 85% by mass, and 50 to 80% by mass. Is more preferable.
  • the thickness of the prepreg of the present invention is, for example, 0.01 to 0.5 mm, and is preferably 0.02 to 0.3 mm from the viewpoint of enabling moldability and high-density wiring, and 0.05 to 0.00 mm. 2 mm is more preferable.
  • base material As a base material which comprises the prepreg of this invention, a sheet-like reinforcement base material is used, The well-known thing used for the laminated board for various electrical insulation materials can be used.
  • the material of the base material include natural fibers such as paper and cotton linter; inorganic fibers such as glass fiber and asbestos; organic fibers such as aramid, polyimide, polyvinyl alcohol, polyester, tetrafluoroethylene, and acrylic; and mixtures thereof. Can be mentioned. Among these, glass fiber is preferable from the viewpoint of flame retardancy.
  • Glass fiber base materials include woven fabrics using E glass, C glass, D glass, S glass, etc., or glass woven fabrics in which short fibers are bonded with an organic binder; Can be mentioned. More preferably, it is a glass woven fabric using E glass. These base materials have shapes, such as a woven fabric, a nonwoven fabric, a robink, a chopped strand mat, or a surfacing mat, for example. In addition, a material and a shape are selected by the use and performance of the target molding, and 1 type may be used independently and 2 or more types of materials and shapes can also be combined as needed.
  • the thickness of the substrate is, for example, 0.01 to 0.5 mm, and is preferably 0.015 to 0.2 mm, and preferably 0.02 to 0.15 mm from the viewpoint of enabling moldability and high-density wiring. More preferred. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, moisture resistance, workability, and the like, these substrates are preferably those that have been surface-treated with a silane coupling agent or the like, or those that have been mechanically subjected to fiber opening treatment.
  • thermosetting resin composition in addition to sufficiently suppressing the variation in dimensional change by using the following components of the thermosetting resin composition while utilizing the method for producing the prepreg of the present invention, High heat resistance, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating wraparound (laser processability) can be satisfied. From this viewpoint, it is preferable to use the following thermosetting resin composition.
  • thermosetting resin composition The thermosetting resin composition that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but in addition to sufficiently suppressing variation in dimensional change, it has high heat resistance, high metal foil adhesion, and high glass. From the viewpoint of satisfying the transition temperature, low thermal expansibility, moldability, and plating rotability (laser processability), (A) a thermosetting resin composition containing a maleimide compound (hereinafter, thermosetting resin composition [I ] Is preferred. From the same viewpoint, the thermosetting resin composition [I] further comprises (B) an epoxy resin, (C) a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride.
  • thermosetting resin composition [I] further comprises (B) an epoxy resin, (C) a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride.
  • thermosetting resin composition [I] preferably contains (E) a curing agent, and from the viewpoint of flame retardancy, (F) preferably contains a flame retardant.
  • thermosetting resin composition [G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent, and, if necessary, (I) a curing accelerator and (J) an inorganic filler Or (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound, and (M) a thermosetting resin composition containing an inorganic filler, if necessary. III].
  • Component (A) is a maleimide compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as maleimide compound (A)), preferably a maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group, and more preferably (a1) at least two N A maleimide compound having a substituted maleimide group [hereinafter abbreviated as maleimide compound (a1)], (a2) the following general formula (a2-1) (In General Formula (a2-1), R A4 represents an acidic substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonic acid group, and R A5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.
  • maleimide compound (A)) preferably a maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group, and more preferably (a1) at least two N A maleimide compound having a substituted maleimide group [hereinafter abbreviated as maleimide compound (a1)], (a2) the following general
  • t is an integer of 1 to 5
  • u is an integer of 0 to 4
  • 1 ⁇ t + u ⁇ 5 provided that when t is an integer of 2 to 5, a plurality of R A4 may be the same
  • a plurality of R A5 may be the same or different.
  • X A2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or —O—.
  • R A6 and R A7 each independently represents an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • diamine compound (a3) a diamine compound represented by the following [hereinafter abbreviated as diamine compound (a3)].
  • diamine compound (a3) a diamine compound represented by the following [hereinafter abbreviated as diamine compound (a3)].
  • the description regarding the maleimide compound (A) can also be read as the description of the maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the maleimide compound (A) is preferably 400 to 3,500, more preferably 400 to 2,300, and still more preferably 800 from the viewpoints of solubility in organic solvents and mechanical strength. ⁇ 2,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight in this specification is a value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method (standard polystyrene conversion) using tetrahydrofuran as an eluent, and more specifically described in Examples. It is a value measured by the method.
  • the maleimide compound (a1) is a maleimide compound having at least two N-substituted maleimide groups.
  • a maleimide compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (but no aromatic hydrocarbon group is present) between any two maleimide groups among a plurality of maleimide groups hereinafter referred to as fat
  • a maleimide compound containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group between any two maleimide groups of the plurality of maleimide groups hereinafter referred to as aromatic hydrocarbon group Referred to as a containing maleimide.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide is preferable from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating revolving property.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide only needs to contain an aromatic hydrocarbon group between any combination of two maleimide groups selected arbitrarily, and is also an aliphatic hydrocarbon together with the aromatic hydrocarbon group. It may have a group.
  • maleimide compound (a1) from the viewpoint of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating rotation, two or more per molecule Maleimide compounds having 5 N-substituted maleimide groups are preferred, and maleimide compounds having 2 N-substituted maleimide groups in one molecule are more preferred.
  • a maleimide compound (a1) following general formula (a1) from a viewpoint of high heat resistance, a low dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion property, moldability, and plating revolving property.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide represented by any of the following general formulas (a1-1), (a1-2) or (a1-4) is more preferred, and the aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide represented by the following general formula (a1-2) is particularly preferred.
  • R A1 to R A3 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • X A1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkylidene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, —O—, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —S—, —SS— or a sulfonyl group.
  • p, q, and r are each independently an integer of 0-4.
  • s is an integer of 0 to 10.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R A1 to R A3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and n-pentyl group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 1 carbon atoms from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating swirlability.
  • 3 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by X A1 include a methylene group, a 1,2-dimethylene group, a 1,3-trimethylene group, a 1,4-tetramethylene group, and a 1,5-pentamethylene group. Is mentioned.
  • the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating rotation. Group, more preferably a methylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylidene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms represented by X A1 include an ethylidene group, a propylidene group, an isopropylidene group, a butylidene group, an isobutylidene group, a pentylidene group, and an isopentylidene group.
  • an isopropylidene group is preferable from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating rotation.
  • X A1 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkylidene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms among the above options.
  • p, q, and r are each independently an integer of 0 to 4, and have high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, formability, and roundness with plating.
  • each is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
  • s is an integer of 0 to 10, and is preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 3, from the viewpoint of availability.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide compound represented by the general formula (a1-3) is preferably a mixture in which s is 0 to 3.
  • maleimide compound (a1) examples include N, N′-ethylene bismaleimide, N, N′-hexamethylene bismaleimide, bis (4-maleimidocyclohexyl) methane, and 1,4-bis (maleimide).
  • Methyl) cyclohexane or other aliphatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bismaleimide, N, N ′-[1,3- (2-methylphenylene)] bismaleimide, N, N ′-[1,3- (4-methylphenylene)] bismaleimide, N, N ′-(1,4-phenylene) bismaleimide, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane, bis (3-methyl-4- Maleimidophenyl) methane, 3,3′-dimethyl-5,5′-diethyl-4,4′-diphenylmethane bismaleimide, bis (4-maleimide) Phenyl) ether, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfone, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfide, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) ketone, 1,4-bis (4-maleimidophenyl)
  • bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfone, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfide, bis (4 -Maleimidophenyl) disulfide, N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bismaleimide, 2,2-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] propane are preferred, and bis (4-Maleimidophenyl) methane and N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bismaleimide are preferred, and bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent.
  • the maleimide compound (a1) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the monoamine compound (a2) is a monoamine compound represented by the following general formula (a2-1).
  • R A4 represents an acidic substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonic acid group.
  • R A5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.
  • t is an integer of 1 to 5
  • u is an integer of 0 to 4
  • 1 ⁇ t + u ⁇ 5 is satisfied.
  • t is an integer of 2 to 5
  • a plurality of R A4 may be the same or different.
  • u is an integer of 2 to 4
  • a plurality of R A5 may be the same or different.
  • the acidic substituent represented by R A4 is preferably a hydroxyl group or a carboxy group from the viewpoint of solubility and reactivity, and more preferably a hydroxyl group in consideration of heat resistance.
  • t is an integer of 1 to 5, and preferably 1 to 3 from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, formability, and plating-around properties.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R A5 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Can be mentioned.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R A5 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • u is an integer of 0 to 4, and preferably 0 to 3 from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, formability, and plating rotation.
  • the monoamine compound (a2) from the viewpoint of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating revolving property, the following general formula ( a monoamine compound represented by a2-2) or (a2-3), more preferably a monoamine compound represented by the following general formula (a2-2).
  • R A4 , R A5 and u in the general formulas (a2-2) and (a2-3) are the same as those in the general formula (a2-1), and preferred ones are also the same.
  • Examples of the monoamine compound (a2) include o-aminophenol, m-aminophenol, p-aminophenol, o-aminobenzoic acid, m-aminobenzoic acid, p-aminobenzoic acid, o-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, Examples thereof include monoamine compounds having an acidic substituent, such as m-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, p-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3,5-dihydroxyaniline, and 3,5-dicarboxyaniline.
  • a monoamine compound (a2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the diamine compound (a3) is a diamine compound represented by the following general formula (a3-1).
  • X A2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or —O—.
  • R A6 and R A7 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group. Represents a carboxy group or a sulfonic acid group, and v and w are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
  • X A2 is preferably a methylene group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R A6 and R A7 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • v and w are preferably integers of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
  • the diamine compound (a3) is preferably a diamine compound represented by the following general formula (a3-1 ′).
  • a3-1 ′ a diamine compound represented by the following general formula (a3-1 ′).
  • X A2 , R A6 , R A7 , v and w are the same as those in the general formula (a3-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • diamine compound (a3) examples include 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylpropane, 2,2′-bis (4, 4'-diaminodiphenyl) propane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'- Diaminodiphenylethane, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylthioether, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diamino Diphenylmethane, 2,2 ', 6,6'-tetramethyl-4,4
  • 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3′-diethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane are preferable from the viewpoint of inexpensiveness, and 4,4′- from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent.
  • Diaminodiphenylmethane is more preferred.
  • the reaction of the maleimide compound (a1), monoamine compound (a2) and diamine compound (a3) is preferably carried out by reacting at a reaction temperature of 70 to 200 ° C. for 0.1 to 10 hours in the presence of an organic solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is more preferably 70 to 160 ° C., further preferably 70 to 130 ° C., and particularly preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
  • the reaction time is more preferably 1 to 6 hours, still more preferably 1 to 4 hours.
  • the reaction of the maleimide compound (a1), the monoamine compound (a2), and the diamine compound (a3) is preferably performed in an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not adversely affect the reaction.
  • alcohol solvents such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone
  • ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; toluene, xylene, mesitylene
  • Aromatic solvents such as dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, nitrogen atom-containing solvents including amide solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone; sulfur atom-containing solvents including sulfoxide solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide; ethyl acetate, ⁇ - Examples thereof include ester solvents such as butyrolactone.
  • alcohol solvents are preferable from the viewpoint of solubility
  • ketone solvents, and ester solvents are preferable from the viewpoint of solubility
  • cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, methyl cellosolve, and ⁇ -butyrolactone are more preferable from the viewpoint of low toxicity.
  • cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and dimethylacetamide are more preferable, and dimethylacetamide is particularly preferable.
  • An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • an organic solvent Preferably it is 25 with respect to a total of 100 mass parts of a maleimide compound (a1), a monoamine compound (a2), and a diamine compound (a3) from a viewpoint of solubility and reaction efficiency.
  • the amount may be ⁇ 1,000 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 700 parts by mass, and still more preferably 60 to 250 parts by mass.
  • reaction catalyst You may implement reaction of a maleimide compound (a1), a monoamine compound (a2), and a diamine compound (a3) in presence of a reaction catalyst as needed.
  • the reaction catalyst include amine-based catalysts such as triethylamine, pyridine, and tributylamine; imidazole-based catalysts such as methylimidazole and phenylimidazole; and phosphorus-based catalysts such as triphenylphosphine.
  • a reaction catalyst may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the amount of the reaction catalyst used is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total mass of the maleimide compound (a1) and the monoamine compound (a2).
  • the component (B) is an epoxy resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an epoxy resin (B)), preferably an epoxy resin having at least two epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the epoxy resin having at least two epoxy groups in one molecule include glycidyl ether type epoxy resins, glycidyl amine type epoxy resins, and glycidyl ester type epoxy resins. Among these, a glycidyl ether type epoxy resin is preferable.
  • the epoxy resin (B) is classified into various epoxy resins depending on the main skeleton, and in each of the above-mentioned types of epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, etc.
  • Bisphenol type epoxy resin bisphenylaralkyl novolak type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, alkylphenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, naphthol alkylphenol copolymer novolak type epoxy resin, naphthol aralkyl cresol copolymer novolak type epoxy resin, Bisphenol A novolac epoxy resin, bisphenol F novolac epoxy resin and other novolac epoxy resins; stilbene epoxy Resin; Triazine skeleton-containing epoxy resin; Fluorene skeleton-containing epoxy resin; Naphthalene-type epoxy resin; Anthracene-type epoxy resin; Triphenylmethane-type epoxy resin; Biphenyl-type epoxy resin; Xylylene-type epoxy resin; Dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin It is classified into alicyclic epoxy resin.
  • bisphenol F type epoxy resin phenol novolac type epoxy resin
  • phenol novolac type epoxy resin at least one selected from the group consisting of cresol novolac type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenylaralkyl novolak type epoxy resin and dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, and low thermal expansion Cresol novolac type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl novolak type epoxy resin and phenol novolac type More preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy resin, more preferably a cresol novolak type epoxy resin.
  • An epoxy resin (B) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B) is preferably 100 to 500 g / eq, more preferably 120 to 400 g / eq, still more preferably 140 to 300 g / eq, and particularly preferably 170 to 240 g / eq.
  • the epoxy equivalent is the mass of the resin per epoxy group (g / eq), and can be measured according to the method defined in JIS K 7236 (2001).
  • epoxy resin (B) As a commercially available product of the epoxy resin (B), a cresol novolac type epoxy resin “EPICLON (registered trademark) N-673” (manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 205 to 215 g / eq), a naphthalene type epoxy resin “HP-4032” (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 152 g / eq), biphenyl type epoxy resin “YX-4000” (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 186 g / eq), dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin “HP-7200H” (DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent; 280 g / eq) and the like.
  • the epoxy equivalent is a value described in the catalog of the product manufacturer.
  • Component (C) is a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride (hereinafter sometimes referred to as copolymer resin (C)).
  • the substituted vinyl compound include aromatic vinyl compounds, aliphatic vinyl compounds, and functional group-substituted vinyl compounds.
  • the aromatic vinyl compound include styrene, 1-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, dimethylstyrene and the like.
  • Examples of the aliphatic vinyl compound include propylene, butadiene, isobutylene and the like.
  • Examples of the functional group-substituted vinyl compound include acrylonitrile; a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group such as methyl acrylate and methyl methacrylate.
  • a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group such as methyl acrylate and methyl methacrylate.
  • an aromatic vinyl compound is preferable, and styrene is more preferable.
  • a copolymer resin having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (Ci) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (C-ii) is preferable.
  • R C1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R C2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R C1 and R C2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R C2 include an allyl group and a crotyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R C2 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and a biphenylyl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • x is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • R C1 is a hydrogen atom and x is 0, derived from the structural unit represented by the following general formula (Ci-1), that is, styrene The structural unit is preferred.
  • the ratio is preferably from 1 to 9, more preferably from 2 to 9, even more preferably from 3 to 8, particularly preferably from 3 to 7.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (Ci) to the structural unit represented by the formula (C-ii) [(Ci) / (Cii)] (molar ratio) Similarly, it is preferably 1 to 9, more preferably 2 to 9, further preferably 3 to 8, and particularly preferably 3 to 7.
  • the total content of the structural unit derived from the substituted vinyl compound and the structural unit derived from maleic anhydride in the copolymer resin (C), and the structural unit represented by the general formula (Ci) and the formula ( The total content of the structural unit represented by C-ii) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably substantially 100% by mass. %.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer resin (C) is preferably 4,500 to 18,000, more preferably 5,000 to 18,000, more preferably 6,000 to 17,000, still more preferably. It is 8,000 to 16,000, particularly preferably 8,000 to 15,000, most preferably 9,000 to 13,000.
  • the technique for lowering the dielectric constant of an epoxy resin by using a copolymer resin of styrene and maleic anhydride when applied to a printed wiring board material, results in insufficient impregnation into the substrate and copper foil peel strength. Therefore, it generally tends to be avoided. For this reason, the use of the copolymer resin (C) generally tends to be avoided, but the present invention uses the copolymer resin (C) while the components (A) and (B). And a thermosetting resin composition having high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature and low thermal expansion, and excellent moldability and plating-around properties. It was discovered and accomplished.
  • the copolymer resin (C) can be produced by copolymerizing a substituted vinyl compound and maleic anhydride.
  • the substituted vinyl compound is as described above.
  • a substituted vinyl compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • various polymerizable components may be copolymerized.
  • substituents such as allyl groups, methacryloyl groups, acryloyl groups, and hydroxy groups are introduced into the substituted vinyl compounds, particularly aromatic vinyl compounds, through Friedel-Crafts reactions or reactions using metal catalysts such as lithium. May be.
  • copolymer resin Commercial products can also be used as the copolymer resin (C).
  • silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent hereinafter, sometimes referred to as silica (D) treated with an aminosilane coupling agent
  • low thermal expansibility is obtained.
  • the drop-off of silica is suppressed by improving the adhesion with the components (A) to (C)
  • the effect of suppressing deformation of the laser via shape due to excessive desmear can be obtained. Therefore, it is preferable.
  • the aminosilane coupling agent is preferably a silane coupling agent having a silicon-containing group represented by the following general formula (D-1) and an amino group.
  • D-1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Y is an integer of 0 to 3
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms represented by R D1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, and an isopropyl group. Among these, a methyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms represented by RD1 include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and an acrylic group. Among these, an acetyl group is preferable.
  • the aminosilane coupling agent may have one amino group, two amino groups, or three or more, but usually one amino group or Have two.
  • aminosilane coupling agents having one amino group include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl- Examples thereof include N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylidene) propylamine and 2-propynyl [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] carbamate, but are not particularly limited thereto.
  • aminosilane coupling agents having two amino groups include N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, Examples include 1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] urea and 1- [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] urea, but are not particularly limited thereto.
  • silica (D) treated with an aminosilane coupling agent as an inorganic filler other than the component (D), for example, an epoxysilane coupling agent, a phenylsilane coupling agent, an alkylsilane coupling agent Alkenyl silane coupling agents, alkynyl silane coupling agents, haloalkyl silane coupling agents, siloxane coupling agents, hydrosilane coupling agents, silazane coupling agents, alkoxy silane coupling agents, chlorosilane cups Ring agent, (meth) acryl silane coupling agent, amino silane coupling agent, isocyanurate silane coupling agent, ureido silane coupling agent, mercapto silane coupling agent, sulfide silane coupling agent or Silica treated with a socyanate silane coupling agent or the like; Silica that has not been surface-treated can be used, but from the viewpoint of the above effect, silica (D) treated with an aminosi
  • the silica (D) processed with the aminosilane type coupling agent may be used together, and the silica processed with the above-mentioned other coupling agent.
  • the content of silica treated with another coupling agent is preferably 50 with respect to 100 parts by mass of silica (D) treated with an aminosilane coupling agent. It is at most 30 parts by mass, more preferably at most 15 parts by mass, particularly preferably at most 10 parts by mass, most preferably at most 5 parts by mass.
  • silica examples include precipitated silica produced by a wet method and having a high water content, and dry method silica produced by a dry method and containing almost no bound water or the like.
  • dry process silica examples include crushed silica, fumed silica, and fused silica (fused spherical silica) depending on the production method.
  • Silica is preferably fused silica from the viewpoint of low thermal expansibility and high fluidity when filled in a resin.
  • the average particle diameter of the silica is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 6 ⁇ m, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle diameter of silica 0.1 ⁇ m or more By making the average particle diameter of silica 0.1 ⁇ m or more, the fluidity at the time of high filling can be kept good, and by making it 10 ⁇ m or less, the mixing probability of coarse particles is reduced to make coarse particles. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of defects due to it.
  • the average particle diameter is a particle diameter at a point corresponding to a volume of 50% when the cumulative frequency distribution curve by the particle diameter is obtained with the total volume of the particles being 100%, and a laser diffraction scattering method is used. It can be measured with a particle size distribution measuring device.
  • the specific surface area of the silica is preferably 4 cm 2 / g or more, more preferably 4 to 9 cm 2 / g, still more preferably 5 to 7 cm 2 / g.
  • the thermosetting resin composition [I] may further contain a curing agent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a curing agent (E)) as the component (E).
  • a curing agent hereinafter sometimes referred to as a curing agent (E)
  • the curing agent (E) include dicyandiamide; chain aliphatic amines other than dicyandiamide, such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, hexamethylenediamine, diethylaminopropylamine, tetramethylguanidine, and triethanolamine; Isophoronediamine, diaminodicyclohexylmethane, bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis (4-amino-3-methyldicyclohexyl) methane, N-aminoethylpiperazine, 3,9-bis (3-aminopropyl) -2,4,8 , 10-t
  • dicyandiamide is preferable from the viewpoints of metal foil adhesion and low thermal expansion.
  • the dicyandiamide is represented by H 2 N—C ( ⁇ NH) —NH—CN, and the melting point is usually 205 to 215 ° C., and higher purity is 207 to 212 ° C.
  • Dicyandiamide is a crystalline substance and may be orthorhombic or plate-like. Dicyandiamide preferably has a purity of 98% or more, more preferably has a purity of 99% or more, and still more preferably has a purity of 99.4% or more.
  • commercially available products can be used. For example, commercially available products such as those manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Kishida Chemical Co., Ltd., and Nacalai Tesque Co., Ltd. can be used. .
  • thermosetting resin composition [I] may further contain a flame retardant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a flame retardant (F)) as the component (F).
  • a flame retardant hereinafter sometimes referred to as a flame retardant (F)
  • dicyandiamide and the like also have an effect as a flame retardant, but in the present invention, those that can function as a curing agent are classified as curing agents and are not included in the component (F). .
  • the flame retardant examples include halogen-containing flame retardants containing bromine and chlorine; phosphorus flame retardants; nitrogen flame retardants such as guanidine sulfamate, melamine sulfate, melamine polyphosphate and melamine cyanurate; cyclophosphazene and polyphosphazene And phosphazene flame retardants such as inorganic flame retardants such as antimony trioxide.
  • a phosphorus flame retardant is preferable.
  • the phosphorus flame retardant include an inorganic phosphorus flame retardant and an organic phosphorus flame retardant.
  • inorganic phosphorus flame retardants include red phosphorus; ammonium phosphates such as monoammonium phosphate, diammonium phosphate, triammonium phosphate and ammonium polyphosphate; inorganic nitrogen-containing phosphorus compounds such as phosphate amides Phosphoric acid; phosphine oxide and the like.
  • organic phosphorus flame retardants include aromatic phosphate esters, monosubstituted phosphonic acid diesters, disubstituted phosphinic acid esters, disubstituted phosphinic acid metal salts, organic nitrogen-containing phosphorus compounds, cyclic organophosphorus compounds, Examples thereof include phosphorus-containing phenol resins.
  • aromatic phosphate esters and metal salts of disubstituted phosphinic acids are preferred.
  • the metal salt is preferably any one of a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a calcium salt, a magnesium salt, an aluminum salt, a titanium salt, and a zinc salt, and preferably an aluminum salt.
  • aromatic phosphates are more preferable.
  • aromatic phosphate ester examples include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, trixylenyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, cresyl di-2,6-xylenyl phosphate, resorcinol bis (diphenyl phosphate), 1,3 -Phenylenebis (di-2,6-xylenyl phosphate), bisphenol A-bis (diphenyl phosphate), 1,3-phenylenebis (diphenyl phosphate) and the like.
  • Examples of monosubstituted phosphonic acid diesters include divinyl phenylphosphonate, diallyl phenylphosphonate, and bis (1-butenyl) phenylphosphonate.
  • Examples of the disubstituted phosphinic acid ester include phenyl diphenylphosphinate and methyl diphenylphosphinate.
  • Examples of the metal salt of disubstituted phosphinic acid include a metal salt of dialkylphosphinic acid, a metal salt of diallylphosphinic acid, a metal salt of divinylphosphinic acid, a metal salt of diarylphosphinic acid, and the like.
  • these metal salts are preferably any of lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, aluminum salt, titanium salt, and zinc salt.
  • organic nitrogen-containing phosphorus compound include phosphazene compounds such as bis (2-allylphenoxy) phosphazene and dicresyl phosphazene; melamine phosphate, melamine pyrophosphate, melamine polyphosphate, melam polyphosphate, and the like.
  • cyclic organophosphorus compound examples include 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, 10- (2,5-dihydroxyphenyl) -9,10-dihydro-9-oxa- And 10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide.
  • at least one selected from an aromatic phosphate ester, a metal salt of a disubstituted phosphinic acid and a cyclic organic phosphorus compound is preferable, and an aromatic phosphate ester is more preferable.
  • the aromatic phosphate is preferably an aromatic phosphate represented by the following general formula (F-1) or (F-2), and the metal salt of the disubstituted phosphinic acid is:
  • a metal salt of a disubstituted phosphinic acid represented by the general formula (F-3) is preferable.
  • R F1 to R F5 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.
  • E and f are each independently an integer of 0 to 5, and g, h and i are each It is an integer of 0 to 4 independently.
  • R F6 and R F7 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • M is a lithium atom, a sodium atom, a potassium atom, a calcium atom, a magnesium atom, an aluminum atom, a titanium atom, or a zinc atom.
  • j is an integer of 1 to 4.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R F1 to R F5 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R F1 to R F5 include a fluorine atom.
  • e and f are preferably integers of 0 to 2, and more preferably 2.
  • g, h and i are preferably integers of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R F6 and R F7 include the same groups as in R F1 to R F5 .
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms represented by R F6 and R F7 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenylyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • j is equal to the valence of the metal ion, that is, varies within the range of 1 to 4 corresponding to the type of M.
  • M is preferably an aluminum atom.
  • j is 3 when M is an aluminum atom.
  • the content of the components (A) to (D) is not particularly limited, but with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (A) to (C),
  • the component (A) is preferably 15 to 65 parts by mass
  • the component (B) is 15 to 50 parts by mass
  • the component (C) is 10 to 45 parts by mass
  • the component (D) is preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting resin composition [I] when it is 65 parts by mass or less, the fluidity and moldability of the thermosetting resin composition [I] tend to be good.
  • component (B) when it is 15 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total of the components (A) to (C), high heat resistance, high glass transition temperature and low thermal expansion tend to be obtained.
  • it when it is 50 parts by mass or less, it tends to be high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high glass transition temperature, and low thermal expansion.
  • component (C) is 10 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (A) to (C), high heat resistance and a low relative dielectric constant tend to be obtained.
  • thermosetting resin composition [I] tend to be good.
  • the content thereof is 0.5 to 6 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total of the components (A) to (C). It is preferable that When the component (E) is 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total of the components (A) to (C), high metal foil adhesion and excellent low thermal expansion tend to be obtained. On the other hand, when it is 6 parts by mass or less, high heat resistance tends to be obtained.
  • the content is from the viewpoint of flame retardancy, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (A) to (C).
  • the amount is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the phosphorus atom content is 0.1 to 3 masses per 100 mass parts of the total of the components (A) to (C). Is preferably 0.2 to 3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 3 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting resin composition [I] can contain other components such as an additive and an organic solvent as needed within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. These may contain 1 type independently, and may contain 2 or more types.
  • additives include inorganic fillers other than the component (D), curing accelerators, colorants, antioxidants, reducing agents, ultraviolet absorbers, fluorescent brighteners, adhesion improvers, organic fillers, and the like. Is mentioned. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
  • thermosetting resin composition [I] may contain an organic solvent from the viewpoint of facilitating handling by dilution and easy manufacture of a prepreg described later.
  • the thermosetting resin composition containing an organic solvent may be referred to as a resin varnish.
  • the organic solvent is not particularly limited.
  • alcohol solvents, ketone solvents, and nitrogen atom-containing solvents are preferable, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl cellosolve, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether are more preferable, and methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone are preferable. More preferred is methyl ethyl ketone.
  • An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the thermosetting resin composition [I] may be appropriately adjusted to such an extent that the thermosetting resin composition [I] can be easily handled.
  • the solid content concentration (concentration of components other than the organic solvent) derived from the thermosetting resin composition [I] is preferably 30 to 90% by mass, and more preferably, as long as the workability is in the range. Is 40 to 80% by mass, more preferably 50 to 80% by mass.
  • the epoxy resin composition [II] contains the (A) maleimide compound contained in the thermosetting resin composition [I].
  • the present invention is not particularly limited to this embodiment, and may contain the (A) maleimide compound.
  • (G) epoxy resin which epoxy resin composition [II] contains the same thing as (B) epoxy resin in the said thermosetting resin composition [I] is mentioned, It demonstrates similarly.
  • bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl novolak type epoxy resin and dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin At least one selected from the group consisting of: cresol novolak type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl novolak type from the viewpoint of low thermal expansion and high glass transition temperature More preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy resins and phenol novolac type epoxy resins, biphenylaralkyl novolac type epoxy Fat is more preferable.
  • Epoxy resin curing agent examples include various phenol resin compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amine compounds, hydragit compounds, and the like.
  • the phenol resin compound examples include novolak type phenol resins and resol type phenol resins.
  • the acid anhydride compound examples include phthalic anhydride, benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, methyl hymic acid, and the like. It is done.
  • the amine compound include dicyandiamide, diaminodiphenylmethane, and guanylurea.
  • these epoxy resin curing agents from the viewpoint of improving reliability, a novolac type phenol resin is preferable, and a cresol novolac resin is more preferable.
  • novolac type phenol resin a commercially available product may be used, for example, a phenol novolac resin such as “TD2090” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), or a cresol such as “KA-1165” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation). Examples thereof include novolac resin. Further, for example, commercially available products of triazine ring-containing novolac type phenol resins such as “Phenolite LA-1356” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), “Phenolite LA7050 series” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and the like. Examples thereof include triazine-containing cresol novolak resins such as “Phenolite LA-3018” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation).
  • the epoxy resin composition [II] may contain (I) a curing accelerator and (J) an inorganic filler, if necessary.
  • the epoxy resin composition [II] preferably contains (I) a curing accelerator from the viewpoint of promoting the reaction between the (G) epoxy resin and the (H) epoxy resin curing agent.
  • Curing accelerators include, for example, imidazole compounds such as 2-phenylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazolium trimellitate; organophosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine Onium salts such as phosphonium borate; amines such as 1,8-diazabicycloundecene; 3- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -1,1-dimethylurea and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together. Among these, imidazole compounds are preferable, and 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole is more preferable.
  • the epoxy resin composition [II] preferably contains an inorganic filler (J) from the viewpoint of low thermal expansion.
  • an inorganic filler for example, silica, alumina, barium sulfate, talc, clay, mica powder, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum borate, titanium Examples thereof include barium acid, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, bismuth titanate, titanium oxide, barium zirconate, and calcium zirconate. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together. Among these, silica is preferable from the viewpoint of a low thermal expansion coefficient.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the inorganic filler may be subjected to a surface treatment.
  • a silane coupling agent treatment may be performed as the surface treatment.
  • the silane coupling agent include amino silane coupling agents, vinyl silane coupling agents, and epoxy silane coupling agents. Among these, silica subjected to surface treatment with an aminosilane coupling agent is preferable.
  • the content of the components (G) to (J) is not particularly limited, but with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (G) to (J), (G 5) to 50 parts by weight of component (H), 5 to 50 parts by weight of component (H), 0.001 to 1 part by weight of component (I), and 20 to 80 parts by weight of component (J). More preferably, (G) component is 5 to 35 parts by mass, (H) component is 5 to 40 parts by mass, and (I) component is 0.1 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of components (G) to (J). 001 to 1 part by mass, component (J) is 35 to 80 parts by mass.
  • the epoxy resin composition [II] can contain other components such as an additive and an organic solvent as necessary within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. These may contain 1 type independently, and may contain 2 or more types.
  • additive examples include a colorant, an antioxidant, a reducing agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a fluorescent brightener, an adhesion improver, and an organic filler. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the silicone-modified maleimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a maleimide compound having a siloxane skeleton.
  • a maleimide compound (k-1) having at least two N-substituted maleimide groups in one molecule [hereinafter also referred to as “maleimide compound (k-1)”] and at least two second maleimide groups in one molecule.
  • Preferred examples include addition reaction products with a siloxane compound (k-2) having a primary amino group [hereinafter also referred to as “siloxane compound (k-2)”], and maleimide compound (k-1) and siloxane compound ( More preferred is an addition reaction product of k-2) and a monoamine compound [hereinafter also referred to as “monoamine compound (k-3)”].
  • a siloxane compound (k-2) having a primary amino group
  • maleimide compound (k-1) and siloxane compound More preferred is an addition reaction product of k-2) and a monoamine compound [hereinafter also referred to as “monoamine compound (k-3)”
  • the maleimide compound (k-1) the same compounds as the maleimide compound (a1) in the description of the (A) maleimide compound in the thermosetting resin composition [I] can be used.
  • the siloxane compound (k-2) preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following general formula (k-2-1).
  • R k1 and R k2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a phenyl group having a substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R k1 and R k2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like.
  • As the alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the substituent of the phenyl group in the “phenyl group having a substituent” include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms are the same as those described above.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
  • Examples of the alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms include ethynyl group and propargyl group.
  • R k1 and R k2 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • siloxane compound (k-2) a siloxane diamine represented by the following general formula (k-2-2) is more preferable.
  • R k1 and R k2 are the same as those in general formula (k-2-1).
  • R k3 and R k4 each independently represent 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group, a phenyl group, or a phenyl group having a substituent, wherein R k5 and R k6 each independently represents a divalent organic group, and m is an integer of 2 to 100.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, and the phenyl group having a substituent represented by R k3 and R k4 are described in the same manner as described for R k1 and R k2 .
  • R k3 and R k4 a methyl group is preferable.
  • the divalent organic group represented by R k5 and R k6 include an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylene group, —O—, or a divalent linking group in which these are combined.
  • the alkylene group include alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
  • Examples of the alkenylene group include alkenylene groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkynylene group include alkynylene groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the arylene group include arylene groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • R k5 and R k6 an alkylene group and an arylene group are preferable.
  • m is preferably an integer of 2 to 50, more preferably an integer of 3 to 40, still more preferably an integer of 5 to 30, and further preferably an integer of 7 to 30.
  • the functional group equivalent of the siloxane compound (k-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 3,000 g / mol, more preferably 300 to 2,000 g / mol, and still more preferably 300 to 1,500 g / mol. is there.
  • a commercially available product can be used as the siloxane compound (k-2).
  • Examples of commercially available products include “KF-8010” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 430 g / mol), “X-22-161A” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 800 g / mol), “X-22- 161B "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 1,500 g / mol),” KF-8012 "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 2,200 g / mol),” KF-8008 "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 5,700 g / mol), “X-22-9409” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 700 g / mol), “X-22-1660B-3” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 2,200 g / mol) (Above, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), “BY-16-853U” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 460 g / mol), “BY-16-853” (functional group equivalent of amino
  • the same compounds as the monoamine compound (a2) in the thermosetting resin composition [I] can be used, and preferable ones are also the same.
  • one embodiment of the (K) silicone-modified maleimide compound is a reaction between the maleimide compound (k-1), the siloxane compound (k-2), and, if necessary, the monoamine compound (k-3). Can be manufactured.
  • the respective use ratios of the maleimide compound (k-1), the siloxane compound (k-2) and the monoamine compound (k-3) used as necessary are from the viewpoint of prevention of gelation and heat resistance.
  • the maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide compound (k-1) preferably exceeds the sum of the equivalents of primary amino groups of the siloxane compound (k-2) and the monoamine compound (k-3), and the maleimide compound (k-
  • the ratio of the equivalent of the maleimide group of 1) to the sum of the equivalents of primary amino groups of the siloxane compound (k-2) and the monoamine compound (k-3) [(k-1) / [(k-2) + (K ⁇ 3)] is preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 2 to 10, and even more preferably from 3 to 10.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 70 to 150 ° C., more preferably 90 to 130 ° C. from the viewpoint of productivity and uniform reaction.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 hours, and more preferably 1 to 6 hours.
  • Examples of the (L) imidazole compound include 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, 2-heptadecylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-1- Methylimidazole, 1,2-diethylimidazole, 1-ethyl-2-methylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 4-ethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-isobutyl-2-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl- 4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-ethylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-ethyl-4 -
  • the content of the components (K) to (M) is not particularly limited, but with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (K) to (M),
  • the component (K) is preferably 15 to 80 parts by mass, the component (L) is 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, and the component (M) is preferably 15 to 80 parts by mass. More preferably, for 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (K) to (M), the component (K) is 30 to 65 parts by mass, the component (L) is 0.01 to 3 parts by mass, and the component (M) is 30 to 65 parts by mass.
  • thermosetting resin composition [III] can contain other components such as an additive and an organic solvent as necessary within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. These may contain 1 type independently, and may contain 2 or more types.
  • additive examples include a colorant, an antioxidant, a reducing agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a fluorescent brightener, an adhesion improver, and an organic filler. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the prepreg obtained by the production method of the present invention has little variation in the amount of dimensional change. Further, if the thermosetting resin composition is used, the prepreg has high heat resistance, high metal foil adhesion, and high glass transition temperature. Also, it has excellent low thermal expansibility, formability, and wraparound (laser processability).
  • the following prepregs can be provided.
  • the prepreg obtained by the production method of the present invention also corresponds to the following prepreg.
  • the following prepreg can be produced by the production method of the present invention.
  • a prepreg comprising a base material and a thermosetting resin composition and having a standard deviation ⁇ of 0.012% or less determined according to the following method.
  • Standard deviation ⁇ calculation method A copper foil having a thickness of 18 ⁇ m is stacked on both surfaces of one prepreg, and heat-press molding is performed at 190 ° C. and 2.45 MPa for 90 minutes, thereby producing a double-sided copper-clad laminate having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • a hole having a diameter of 1.0 mm is formed in the plane at the locations 1 to 8 shown in FIG.
  • the outer layer copper foil is removed and heated at 185 ° C. for 60 minutes in a dryer. After cooling, in the same manner as the initial value measurement method, three points each in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and the weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) Measure distance.
  • An average value of the change rates is obtained from the change rate [(measured value after heat treatment ⁇ initial value) ⁇ 100 / initial value] with respect to the initial value of each measurement distance, and the standard deviation ⁇ with respect to the average value is calculated.
  • the image measuring machine is not particularly limited, but for example, “QV-A808P1L-D” (manufactured by Mitutoyo) can be used.
  • the standard deviation ⁇ is preferably 0.011% or less, more preferably 0.010% or less, and further preferably 0.009% or less.
  • the lower limit value of the standard deviation ⁇ is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.003% or more, 0.005% or more, 0.006% or more, 0.007 % Or more.
  • the laminated board of this invention contains the said prepreg and metal foil.
  • it can be manufactured by using one sheet of the prepreg or stacking 2 to 20 sheets as necessary, and arranging metal foil on one side or both sides thereof, preferably by heating and laminate molding.
  • positioned metal foil may be called a metal-clad laminated board.
  • the metal of the metal foil is not particularly limited as long as it is used for electrical insulating materials, but from the viewpoint of conductivity, preferably copper, gold, silver, nickel, platinum, molybdenum, ruthenium, aluminum, tungsten, Iron, titanium, chromium, or an alloy containing at least one of these metal elements is preferable, copper and amylnium are more preferable, and copper is more preferable.
  • a known molding method of a laminated plate for an electrical insulating material and a multilayer plate can be applied, for example, using a multistage press, a multistage vacuum press, continuous molding, an autoclave molding machine, etc.
  • Molding can be performed at 100 to 250 ° C., a pressure of 0.2 to 10 MPa, and a heating time of 0.1 to 5 hours.
  • the prepreg of the present invention and the printed wiring board for inner layer can be combined and laminated to produce a multilayer board.
  • the thickness of the metal foil is preferably 0.5 to 150 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, still more preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • a plating layer by plating metal foil.
  • the metal of the plating layer is not particularly limited as long as it can be used for plating.
  • the metal of the plating layer is preferably made of copper, gold, silver, nickel, platinum, molybdenum, ruthenium, aluminum, tungsten, iron, titanium, chromium, and an alloy containing at least one of these metal elements. Preferably it is selected.
  • a plating method For example, a well-known method, for example, the electroplating method and the electroless-plating method, can be utilized.
  • the present invention also provides a printed wiring board comprising the prepreg or the laminated board.
  • the printed wiring board of the present invention can be produced by subjecting a metal foil of a metal-clad laminate to circuit processing. For example, after forming a resist pattern on the surface of the metal foil, the unnecessary portion of the metal foil is removed by etching, the resist pattern is peeled off, a necessary through hole is formed by a drill, and a resist pattern is formed again. It can be performed by plating for conducting through holes and finally peeling off the resist pattern.
  • the above-described metal-clad laminate is further laminated on the surface of the printed wiring board thus obtained under the same conditions as described above, and further, the circuit is processed in the same manner as described above to obtain a multilayer printed wiring board. Can do. In this case, it is not always necessary to form a through hole, a via hole may be formed, and both can be formed. Such multi-layering is performed as many times as necessary.
  • the semiconductor package of the present invention is obtained by mounting a semiconductor on the printed wiring board of the present invention.
  • the semiconductor package of the present invention can be manufactured by mounting a semiconductor chip, a memory or the like at a predetermined position of the printed wiring board of the present invention.
  • thermosetting resin composition Using the thermosetting resin composition according to the present invention, a resin varnish, a prepreg precursor produced using a resin varnish, a prepreg obtained by subjecting the prepreg precursor to surface heat treatment, and a copper-clad laminate are produced, The produced copper clad laminate was evaluated.
  • the evaluation method is shown below.
  • Relative permittivity (Dk)> Using a network analyzer “8722C” (manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Company), the relative dielectric constant of the double-sided copper-clad laminate at 1 GHz was measured by a triplate structure linear line resonator method.
  • the test piece size is 200 mm x 50 mm x thickness 0.8 mm.
  • a straight line (line length 200 mm) with a width of 1.0 mm is formed by etching at the center of one side of one double-sided copper-clad laminate, and the back side is A ground layer was formed by leaving copper on the entire surface.
  • For the other double-sided copper-clad laminate one side was etched entirely and the back side was a ground layer.
  • These two double-sided copper-clad laminates were stacked with the ground layer on the outside to form a strip line. The measurement was performed at 25 ° C. The smaller the relative dielectric constant, the better.
  • Metal foil adhesion (copper foil peel strength)> Metal foil adhesion was evaluated by copper foil peel strength.
  • the double-sided copper-clad laminate produced in each example was immersed in a copper etching solution “ammonium persulfate (APS)” (manufactured by ADEKA) to form a copper foil having a width of 3 mm to produce an evaluation board.
  • the peel strength of the copper foil was measured using “AG-100C” (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). It shows that it is excellent in metal foil adhesiveness, so that a value is large.
  • Glass transition temperature (Tg)> The double-sided copper-clad laminate produced in each example was immersed in a copper etching solution “Ammonium Persulfate (APS)” (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) to produce a 5 mm square evaluation substrate from which the copper foil was removed.
  • APS Ammonium Persulfate
  • Q400EM (manufactured by TA Instruments) was used to observe the thermal expansion characteristics at 30 to 260 ° C. in the plane direction (Z direction) of the evaluation substrate, and the inflection point of the expansion amount was defined as the glass transition temperature.
  • Tg thermal expansion coefficient below Tg (denoted as “ ⁇ Tg”) and the thermal expansion coefficient above Tg (denoted as “> Tg”) are shown separately.
  • the copper-clad laminate is desired to be further reduced in thickness, and in conjunction with this, the prepreg constituting the copper-clad laminate is also being considered to be thinner. Since the thinned prepreg is likely to warp, it is desired that the prepreg warp during heat treatment be small. In order to reduce the warpage, it is effective that the coefficient of thermal expansion in the surface direction of the substrate is small.
  • the difference between the plating thickness at the top of the laser hole and the plating thickness at the bottom of the laser hole is preferably within 10% of the plating thickness at the top of the laser hole. The existence ratio (%) of holes included in this range in the hole was determined.
  • (A) component The solution of the maleimide compound (A) manufactured by the following manufacture example 1 was used.
  • [Production Example 1] In a reaction vessel having a volume of 1 L equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer and a moisture meter with a reflux condenser, 19.2 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 174.0 g of bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane, p-aminophenol 6.6 g and dimethylacetamide 330.0 g were added and reacted at 100 ° C.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was converted from a calibration curve using standard polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the calibration curve is standard polystyrene: TSK standard POLYSTYRENE (Type; A-2500, A-5000, F-1, F-2, F-4, F-10, F-20, F-40) [manufactured by Tosoh Corporation] Was approximated by a cubic equation.
  • the GPC conditions are shown below.
  • Component (D) fused silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent (average particle size: 1.9 ⁇ m, specific surface area 5.8 m 2 / g)
  • Other inorganic filler “F05-30” (untreated crushed silica, average particle size: 4.2 ⁇ m, specific surface area 5.8 m 2 / g, manufactured by Fukushima Ceramics Co., Ltd.)
  • (E) component Dicyandiamide (Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd.)
  • Examples 1 to 13, Comparative Examples 1 to 4 Each component shown above was blended as shown in Tables 1 to 4 below (however, in the case of a solution, the solid content is shown), and methyl ethyl ketone was added so that the nonvolatile content of the solution was 65 to 75% by mass.
  • resin varnishes were prepared for the thermosetting resin compositions of each Example and each Comparative Example. Each resin varnish obtained was impregnated with IPC standard # 3313 glass cloth (0.1 mm), dried with a panel heater set at a temperature of 160 ° C. for 4 minutes to be B-staged (step 1), and then at room temperature (step 1). The mixture was allowed to cool to about 20 ° C. (step 2) to obtain a prepreg precursor.
  • the prepreg was used as it was.
  • the obtained prepreg precursor was subjected to surface heat treatment (product surface temperature 70 ° C.) for 3 seconds with a panel heater whose surface heat treatment was set to a temperature of 500 ° C.
  • a prepreg was produced by cooling to 20 ° C. (step 3).
  • Copper foil “3EC-VLP-18” manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Co., Ltd.
  • the temperature is 190 ° C. and the pressure is 25 kgf / cm 2 (2.45 MPa).
  • a 18 ⁇ m thick copper foil “3EC-VLP-18” (manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Co., Ltd.) is stacked on both sides of one prepreg, and heated for 90 minutes at a temperature of 190 ° C. and a pressure of 25 kgf / cm 2 (2.45 MPa).
  • a double-sided copper-clad laminate having a thickness of 0.1 mm (for one prepreg) was prepared, and the dimensional variation was measured and evaluated using the double-sided copper-clad laminate according to the above-described method.
  • Example 14 instead of preparing the resin varnish in Example 1, a resin varnish was prepared using the following components. 19 parts by mass of biphenylaralkyl novolac type epoxy resin (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trade name: NC-3000, epoxy equivalent: 280 to 300 g / eq), cresol novolac resin (manufactured by DIC Corporation, trade name: KA-1165), Hydroxyl equivalent: 119 g / eq) 16 parts by mass, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole (manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 0.02 parts by mass, fused silica (manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd., treated with an aminosilane coupling agent) A resin varnish (solid content concentration: 70% by mass) was prepared by mixing 65 parts by mass of silica (average particle size: 2 ⁇ m) and diluting with a solvent (methyl ethyl ketone).
  • a resin varnish solid content
  • Example 2 Other steps were performed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a prepreg.
  • a double-sided copper-clad laminate was prepared by the same method as in Example 1, and when the dimensional variation was measured and evaluated using the double-sided copper-clad laminate, the standard deviation ⁇ The value was 0.010%.
  • Example 15 instead of preparing the resin varnish in Example 1, a resin varnish was prepared using the following components.
  • a reaction vessel with a volume of 2 L that can be heated and cooled, equipped with a stirrer and a moisture quantifier with a reflux condenser, 75.7 g of KF-8010 (both end amine-modified silicone oil, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and bis ( 4-maleimidophenyl) methane (trade name: BMI-1000, manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 168.0 g, p-aminophenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 6.4 g, and solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) 250.0 g And reacted at 100 ° C.
  • KF-8010 both end amine-modified silicone oil, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • bis ( 4-maleimidophenyl) methane trade name
  • a silicone-modified maleimide compound 49.5 parts by mass of the silicone-modified maleimide compound, 50 parts by mass of fused silica (manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., fused silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent) and 0.5 parts by mass of an isocyanate mask imidazole (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) , Trade name: G-809L) was mixed and diluted with a solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) to prepare a resin varnish (solid content concentration: 70% by mass). Other steps were performed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a prepreg. Using the obtained prepreg, a double-sided copper-clad laminate was prepared by the same method as in Example 1, and when the dimensional variation was measured and evaluated using the double-sided copper-clad laminate, the standard deviation ⁇ The value was 0.009%.
  • the following was found.
  • the standard deviation ⁇ was smaller than that of the comparative example in which the surface heat treatment was not performed, and the variation in the dimensional change was sufficiently suppressed.
  • the heat resistance of the reflow solder is 10 cycles or more, which is higher than the required heat resistance level, low dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion and high glass transition temperature are obtained, and low thermal expansion is achieved. Indicated. Moreover, since it jumped out of the glass cloth from the wall surface and had an appropriate roughened shape, it was confirmed that it has good plating revolving property.
  • the embedding property of the resin was good, and abnormalities such as blurring and voids were not confirmed.
  • the specific permittivity and the metal foil adhesion were better than those in Examples 11 to 13, and other characteristics were stably expressed.
  • the prepreg obtained by the present invention and a laminate comprising the prepreg are useful as printed wiring boards for electronic devices because of little variation in dimensional change.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Reinforced Plastic Materials (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Epoxy Resins (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides: a method for producing a prepreg which has small variation in the amount of dimensional change; a prepreg which has small variation in the amount of dimensional change; a laminate; a printed wiring board; and a semiconductor package. The present invention additionally provides: a prepreg which is suppressed in the occurrence of a positional shift of a via; a laminate; a printed wiring board; and a semiconductor package. The method for producing a prepreg specifically comprises: a step for obtaining a prepreg precursor by impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition and subsequently converting the thermosetting resin composition into a B-stage state; and a surface heat treatment step that is carried out after the step for obtaining a prepreg precursor. In the surface heat treatment step, the surface of the prepreg precursor is subjected to a heat treatment with a heat source temperature of 200-700°C.

Description

プリプレグの製造方法、プリプレグ、積層板、プリント配線板及び半導体パッケージPrepreg manufacturing method, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package

 本発明は、プリプレグの製造方法、プリプレグ、積層板、プリント配線板及び半導体パッケージに関する。 The present invention relates to a prepreg manufacturing method, a prepreg, a laminated board, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package.

 近年、電子機器の小型化、軽量化及び多機能化が一段と進み、これに伴い、LSI(Large Scale Integration)、チップ部品等の高集積化が進み、その形態も多ピン化及び小型化へと急速に変化している。このため、電子部品の実装密度を向上するために、多層プリント配線板の微細配線化の開発が進められている。これらの要求に合致する多層プリント配線板の製造手法として、例えば、プリプレグ等を絶縁層として用い、必要な部分のみ、例えばレーザ照射によって形成したビアホール(以下、「レーザビア」ともいう)で接続しながら配線層を形成するビルドアップ方式の多層プリント配線板が、軽量化、小型化及び微細配線化に適した手法として主流になりつつある。 In recent years, electronic devices have become smaller, lighter, and more multifunctional, and as a result, LSI (Large Scale Integration), chip components, etc. have become more highly integrated, and their form has also increased in number and size. It is changing rapidly. For this reason, in order to improve the mounting density of electronic components, development of micro wiring of a multilayer printed wiring board has been advanced. As a method for manufacturing a multilayer printed wiring board meeting these requirements, for example, using a prepreg as an insulating layer, only necessary portions are connected, for example, via holes formed by laser irradiation (hereinafter also referred to as “laser vias”). Build-up multilayer printed wiring boards for forming wiring layers are becoming mainstream as methods suitable for weight reduction, miniaturization, and fine wiring.

 多層プリント配線板では微細な配線ピッチで形成された複数層の配線パターン間の高い電気的接続信頼性及び優れた高周波特性を備えていることが重要であり、また、半導体チップとの高い接続信頼性が要求される。特に、近年、多機能型携帯電話端末等のマザーボードにおいて、高速通信化、配線の高密度化、配線板の極薄化と共に、配線板の配線幅(L)と間隔(S)(以下、配線幅と間隔とを合わせて[L/S]と表記することがある)も狭小化する傾向にある。このようなL/Sの狭小化に伴い、配線板を歩留り良く安定して生産することが困難となりつつある。また、従来の配線板の設計では、通信障害等を考慮して、一部の層に「スキップ層」と呼ばれる配線パターンの無い層を設けている。電子機器が高機能になって配線設計量が増加して配線板の層数が増加していくが、前記スキップ層を設けることにより、マザーボードの厚みがより一層増加するという問題が生じている。
 これらの問題を改善する方法として、配線板に使用される絶縁材料の比誘電率を低下させることが有効である。絶縁材料の比誘電率の低下により、L/Sのインピーダンスコントロールをし易くなることから、L/Sを現状設計に近い形状で安定生産でき、スキップ層を減らすことで層数の減少が可能となる。そのため、配線板に使用される絶縁材料には、比誘電率の小さい材料特性が求められる。
In multilayer printed wiring boards, it is important to have high electrical connection reliability and excellent high-frequency characteristics between multiple layers of wiring patterns formed with fine wiring pitch, and high connection reliability with semiconductor chips. Sex is required. In particular, in recent years, in a mother board such as a multi-function mobile phone terminal, the wiring board has a wiring width (L) and a spacing (S) (hereinafter referred to as wiring) along with high-speed communication, high wiring density, and extremely thin wiring board. In some cases, the width and the interval are combined to be expressed as [L / S]). With such narrowing of L / S, it is becoming difficult to stably produce a wiring board with a high yield. In the conventional wiring board design, a layer without a wiring pattern called a “skip layer” is provided in a part of the layers in consideration of a communication failure or the like. As electronic devices become highly functional, the amount of wiring design increases and the number of layers of the wiring board increases. However, the provision of the skip layer causes a problem that the thickness of the motherboard further increases.
As a method for improving these problems, it is effective to lower the dielectric constant of the insulating material used for the wiring board. L / S impedance can be easily controlled by lowering the dielectric constant of the insulating material, so L / S can be stably produced in a shape close to the current design, and the number of layers can be reduced by reducing skip layers. Become. For this reason, the insulating material used for the wiring board is required to have a material characteristic with a small relative dielectric constant.

 近年、電子機器の高密度化に伴い、薄型化と低価格化が進んでいる携帯電話等のマザーボードにおいても、薄型化に対応するために比誘電率が低い材料が求められている。また、サーバー、ルータ、携帯基地局等に代表される通信系の機器においても、より高周波帯領域で使用されるようになってきており、また、電子部品のはんだ付けに高融点の鉛フリーはんだが利用されるようになってきたことから、これらに使用される基板の材料としては、低誘電率、高ガラス転移温度(高Tg)であり、且つ、リフロー耐熱性に優れた材料が求められる傾向にある。 In recent years, as the density of electronic devices has been increased, even for motherboards such as cellular phones, which are becoming thinner and lower in price, a material having a low relative dielectric constant is required in order to cope with the reduction in thickness. In addition, communication devices represented by servers, routers, mobile base stations, etc. are also used in higher frequency bands, and high melting point lead-free solder is used for soldering electronic components. Therefore, materials for substrates used for these materials are required to have a low dielectric constant, a high glass transition temperature (high Tg), and excellent reflow heat resistance. There is a tendency.

 また、多機能型携帯電話端末等に使用されるマザーボードは、配線密度の増加及びパターン幅の狭小化に伴い、層間を接続する際には、小径なレーザビアによる接続が要求されている。接続信頼性の観点から、フィルドめっきが使用される事例が多く、内層銅とめっき銅の界面における接続性が非常に重要であることから、基材のレーザ加工性の向上も求められる傾向にある。
 基材のレーザ加工後に、樹脂の残渣成分を除去する工程(デスミア処理工程)が行われることが一般的である。レーザビア底面及び壁面においてデスミア処理が行われることから、デスミア処理によって基材の樹脂成分が大量に溶解した場合、樹脂の溶解によりレーザビア形状が著しく変形するおそれがあり、また、壁面の凹凸のバラつきによるめっき付き回りの不均一性が生じる等の種々の問題が起こり得る。このことから、デスミア処理によって基材の樹脂成分が溶解する量、いわゆるデスミア溶解量が適正な値となることが求められる。
In addition, a mother board used for a multifunctional mobile phone terminal or the like is required to be connected by a small-diameter laser via when connecting between layers as the wiring density increases and the pattern width narrows. From the viewpoint of connection reliability, filled plating is often used, and the connectivity at the interface between inner layer copper and plated copper is very important, so there is a tendency to improve the laser workability of the base material. .
Generally, after laser processing of the substrate, a step of removing resin residual components (desmear treatment step) is performed. Since the desmear treatment is performed on the bottom surface and the wall surface of the laser via, when the resin component of the base material is dissolved in a large amount by the desmear treatment, the shape of the laser via may be remarkably deformed due to the dissolution of the resin. Various problems such as non-uniformity around the plating may occur. For this reason, it is required that the amount of the resin component of the base material dissolved by the desmear treatment, that is, the so-called desmear dissolution amount is an appropriate value.

 配線板に使用される絶縁材料に求められる種々の特性の中でも、比誘電率を小さくすることを目的として、比誘電率の小さいエポキシ樹脂を含有させる方法、シアネート基を導入する方法、ポリフェニレンエーテルを含有させる方法等が用いられてきた。例えば、エポキシ樹脂を含有した樹脂組成物(特許文献1参照)、ポリフェニレンエーテルとビスマレイミドとを含有した樹脂組成物(特許文献2参照)、ポリフェニレンエーテルとシアネート樹脂とを含有した樹脂組成物(特許文献3参照)、スチレン系熱可塑性エラストマー等及び/又はトリアリルシアヌレート等の少なくとも一方を含有した樹脂組成物(特許文献4参照)、ポリブタジエンを含有した樹脂組成物(特許文献5参照)、ポリフェニレンエーテル系樹脂と、多官能性マレイミド及び/又は多官能性シアネート樹脂と、液状ポリブタジエンと、を予備反応させてなる樹脂組成物(特許文献6参照)、不飽和二重結合基を有する化合物を付与又はグラフトさせたポリフェニレンエーテルと、トリアリルシアヌレート及び/又はトリアリルイソシアヌレート等とを含有した樹脂組成物(特許文献7参照)、ポリフェニレンエーテルと不飽和カルボン酸又は不飽和酸無水物との反応生成物と、多官能性マレイミド等とを含有した樹脂組成物(特許文献8参照)等が提案されている。 Among various properties required for insulating materials used for wiring boards, for the purpose of reducing the relative dielectric constant, a method of containing an epoxy resin having a low relative dielectric constant, a method of introducing a cyanate group, a polyphenylene ether Methods of inclusion have been used. For example, a resin composition containing an epoxy resin (see Patent Document 1), a resin composition containing polyphenylene ether and bismaleimide (see Patent Document 2), and a resin composition containing polyphenylene ether and a cyanate resin (patent Reference 3), a resin composition containing at least one of styrene-based thermoplastic elastomers and / or triallyl cyanurate (see Patent Document 4), a resin composition containing polybutadiene (see Patent Document 5), polyphenylene A resin composition obtained by pre-reacting an ether resin, a polyfunctional maleimide and / or polyfunctional cyanate resin, and liquid polybutadiene (see Patent Document 6), and a compound having an unsaturated double bond group are provided. Or grafted polyphenylene ether and triallyl cyanurate and / or Resin composition containing lyaryl isocyanurate and the like (see Patent Document 7), reaction product of polyphenylene ether and unsaturated carboxylic acid or unsaturated acid anhydride, and polyfunctional maleimide and the like A thing (refer patent document 8) etc. are proposed.

特開昭58-69046号公報JP 58-69046 A 特開昭56-133355号公報JP-A-56-133355 特公昭61-18937号公報Japanese Patent Publication No. 61-18937 特開昭61-286130号公報JP-A-61-286130 特開昭62-148512号公報JP-A-62-148512 特開昭58-164638号公報JP 58-164638 A 特開平2-208355号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-208355 特開平6-179734号公報JP-A-6-179734

 前述のように、配線板に使用される絶縁材料には比誘電率を小さくすること等の種々の特性が求められる傾向にあるが、小径なレーザビアによる層間接続に関して、プリプレグの寸法変化量のバラつきが小さいことも、最も重要な特性の一つとして挙げられる。マザーボードの薄型化に伴い、プリプレグの積層方法としては多段階積層方法を必要とし、プリプレグには複数回の熱量及び積層時の応力が加えられることになる。そのため、プリプレグの寸法変化量のバラつき(熱収縮量のバラつきを意味する)が大きい場合、積層する毎に層間を接続するビアの位置ずれ不良の発生が起こり得る。このことから、プリプレグの熱収縮量のバラつきを安定化することが求められる。
 しかしながら、本発明者らの検討によると、従来の樹脂組成物を含有してなるプリプレグでは、この寸法変化量のバラつきが十分に抑制されないため、この点においてさらなる改善の余地があることが判明した。
As described above, insulating materials used for wiring boards tend to require various characteristics such as reducing the relative dielectric constant. However, the dimensional variation of the prepreg varies with respect to interlayer connection by small diameter laser vias. Is also one of the most important characteristics. As the mother board becomes thinner, a multi-step lamination method is required as a method for laminating the prepreg, and the prepreg is subjected to a plurality of heat amounts and stress during lamination. For this reason, when the variation in the dimensional change of the prepreg is large (meaning the variation in the amount of heat shrinkage), a misalignment of vias connecting the layers may occur each time the layers are stacked. For this reason, it is required to stabilize the variation in the amount of heat shrinkage of the prepreg.
However, according to the study by the present inventors, it was found that the prepreg containing the conventional resin composition does not sufficiently suppress the variation in the dimensional change, and there is room for further improvement in this respect. .

 そこで、本発明の課題は、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さいプリプレグの製造方法を提供すること、及び、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さいプリプレグ、積層板、プリント配線板及び半導体パッケージを提供することにある。
 また、本発明の課題は、ビアの位置ずれ不良の発生が少ないプリプレグ、積層板、プリント配線板及び半導体パッケージを提供することにもある。
Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a prepreg with a small variation in dimensional change, and to provide a prepreg, a laminate, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package with a small variation in dimensional change. .
Another object of the present invention is to provide a prepreg, a laminated board, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package that are less likely to cause misalignment of vias.

 本発明者らは、上記の課題を解決すべく鋭意研究した結果、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸させた後、該熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得た後に、所定の熱源温度でプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理してプリプレグを得る表面加熱処理工程を経ることによって得られるプリプレグが、上記の課題を解決し得ることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。本発明は、係る知見に基づいて完成したものである。 As a result of diligent research to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors impregnated a thermosetting resin composition into a substrate, and then B-staged the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor. After obtaining the prepreg, the surface of the prepreg precursor is heat-treated at a predetermined heat source temperature to obtain a prepreg. It came to do. The present invention has been completed based on such knowledge.

 本発明は、下記[1]~[20]に関する。
[1]熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸させた後、該熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得る工程、及び
 前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後に、表面加熱処理工程を有し、
 前記表面加熱処理工程は、熱源温度200~700℃でプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理する工程である、
プリプレグの製造方法。
[2]熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸させた後、該熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得る工程、及び
 前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後に、表面加熱処理工程を有し、
 前記表面加熱処理工程は、プリプレグ前駆体の表面温度が40~130℃となるようにプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理する工程である、
プリプレグの製造方法。
[3]前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後、且つ前記表面加熱処理工程の前に、プリプレグ前駆体を5~60℃に冷却する工程を有する、上記[1]又は[2]に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
[4]前記表面加熱処理の時間が1.0~10.0秒である、上記[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
[5]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が(A)マレイミド化合物を含有する、上記[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
[6]前記(A)成分が、(a1)少なくとも2個のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物と、(a2)下記一般式(a2-1)で示されるモノアミン化合物と、(a3)下記一般式(a3-1)で示されるジアミン化合物とを反応させて得られる、N-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物である、上記[5]に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(一般式(a2-1)中、RA4は、水酸基、カルボキシ基及びスルホン酸基から選択される酸性置換基を示す。RA5は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はハロゲン原子を示す。tは1~5の整数、uは0~4の整数であり、且つ、1≦t+u≦5を満たす。但し、tが2~5の整数の場合、複数のRA4は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。また、uが2~4の整数の場合、複数のRA5は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(一般式(a3-1)中、XA2は、炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-O-を示す。RA6及びRA7は、各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、カルボキシ基又はスルホン酸基を示す。v及びwは、各々独立に、0~4の整数である。)
[7]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、さらに
(B)エポキシ樹脂、
(C)置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂、及び
(D)アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ
を含有する、上記[5]又は[6]に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
[8]前記(B)成分が、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及びジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種である、上記[7]に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
[9]前記(C)成分が、下記一般式(C-i)で表される構造単位と下記式(C-ii)で表される構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂である、上記[7]又は[8]に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

(式中、RC1は、水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、RC2は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、水酸基又は(メタ)アクリロイル基である。xは、0~3の整数である。但し、xが2又は3である場合、複数のRC2は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
[10]基材及び熱硬化性樹脂組成物を含有してなり、下記方法に従って求める標準偏差σが0.012%以下であるプリプレグ。
標準偏差σの算出方法:
 プリプレグ1枚の両面に厚さ18μmの銅箔を重ね、190℃、2.45MPaにて90分間加熱加圧成形し、厚さ0.1mmの両面銅張積層板を作製する。こうして得られた両面銅張積層板について、面内に直径1.0mmの穴開けを図1に記載の1~8の場所に実施する。図1に記載のたて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を画像測定機を使用して測定し、各測定距離を初期値とする。その後、外層銅箔を除去し、乾燥機にて185℃で60分間加熱する。冷却後、初期値の測定方法と同様にして、たて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を測定する。各測定距離の初期値に対する変化率からそれらの変化率の平均値を求め、該平均値に対する標準偏差σを算出する。
[11]上記[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の製造方法により得られた、上記[10]に記載のプリプレグ。
[12]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が(A)マレイミド化合物を含有する、上記[10]に記載のプリプレグ。
[13]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、さらに
(B)エポキシ樹脂、
(C)置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂、及び
(D)アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ
を含有する、上記[10]又は[12]に記載のプリプレグ。
[14]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(G)エポキシ樹脂及び(H)エポキシ樹脂硬化剤を含有する、上記[10]に記載のプリプレグ。
[15]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物及び(L)イミダゾール化合物を含有する、上記[10]に記載のプリプレグ。
[16]上記[10]~[15]のいずれかに記載のプリプレグと金属箔とを含有してなる積層板。
[17]上記[10]~[15]のいずれかに記載のプリプレグ又は上記[16]に記載の積層板を含有してなるプリント配線板。
[18]上記[17]に記載のプリント配線板に半導体素子を搭載してなる半導体パッケージ。
[19]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(G)エポキシ樹脂及び(H)エポキシ樹脂硬化剤を含有する、上記[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
[20]前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物及び(L)イミダゾール化合物を含有する、上記[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載のプリプレグの製造方法。 The present invention relates to the following [1] to [20].
[1] After impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition, B-stage the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor, and after obtaining the prepreg precursor, a surface Having a heat treatment step,
The surface heat treatment step is a step of heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C.
A method for producing a prepreg.
[2] After impregnating the base material with the thermosetting resin composition, B-stage the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor, and after obtaining the prepreg precursor, Having a heat treatment step,
The surface heat treatment step is a step of heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor so that the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor is 40 to 130 ° C.
A method for producing a prepreg.
[3] The prepreg according to [1] or [2], further including a step of cooling the prepreg precursor to 5 to 60 ° C. after the step of obtaining the prepreg precursor and before the surface heat treatment step. Manufacturing method.
[4] The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the time for the surface heat treatment is 1.0 to 10.0 seconds.
[5] The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of [1] to [4] above, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (A) a maleimide compound.
[6] The component (A) includes (a1) a maleimide compound having at least two N-substituted maleimide groups, (a2) a monoamine compound represented by the following general formula (a2-1), and (a3) The method for producing a prepreg according to the above [5], which is a maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group obtained by reacting with a diamine compound represented by the general formula (a3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(In General Formula (a2-1), R A4 represents an acidic substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonic acid group, and R A5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. t is an integer of 1 to 5, u is an integer of 0 to 4, and 1 ≦ t + u ≦ 5, provided that when t is an integer of 2 to 5, a plurality of R A4 may be the same And when u is an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R A5 may be the same or different.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(In the general formula (a3-1), X A2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or —O—. R A6 and R A7 each independently represents an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. A group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, or a sulfonic acid group, and v and w are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.)
[7] The thermosetting resin composition further comprises (B) an epoxy resin,
The above [5] or (C) containing a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride, and (D) silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent. The method for producing a prepreg according to [6].
[8] The component (B) is a bisphenol F type epoxy resin, a phenol novolak type epoxy resin, a cresol novolak type epoxy resin, a naphthalene type epoxy resin, an anthracene type epoxy resin, a biphenyl type epoxy resin, a biphenyl aralkyl novolak type epoxy resin, and The method for producing a prepreg according to the above [7], which is at least one selected from the group consisting of dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins.
[9] The above-mentioned [7], wherein the component (C) is a copolymer resin having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (Ci) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (C-ii) ] Or the manufacturing method of the prepreg as described in [8].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

(Wherein R C1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R C2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms) An aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a (meth) acryloyl group, where x is an integer of 0 to 3, provided that when x is 2 or 3, a plurality of R C2 may be the same or different. May be.)
[10] A prepreg comprising a base material and a thermosetting resin composition and having a standard deviation σ of 0.012% or less determined according to the following method.
Standard deviation σ calculation method:
A copper foil having a thickness of 18 μm is stacked on both surfaces of one prepreg, and heat-press molding is performed at 190 ° C. and 2.45 MPa for 90 minutes, thereby producing a double-sided copper-clad laminate having a thickness of 0.1 mm. With respect to the double-sided copper clad laminate thus obtained, a hole having a diameter of 1.0 mm is formed in the plane at the locations 1 to 8 shown in FIG. Use an image measuring machine to determine the distance between each of the three points in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) shown in FIG. And measure each distance as the initial value. Thereafter, the outer layer copper foil is removed and heated at 185 ° C. for 60 minutes in a dryer. After cooling, in the same manner as the initial value measurement method, three points each in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and the weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) Measure distance. An average value of the change rates is obtained from the change rate with respect to the initial value of each measurement distance, and a standard deviation σ with respect to the average value is calculated.
[11] The prepreg according to [10] obtained by the production method according to any one of [1] to [9].
[12] The prepreg according to [10] above, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (A) a maleimide compound.
[13] The thermosetting resin composition further comprises (B) an epoxy resin,
The above [10] or (C) containing a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride, and (D) silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent. The prepreg according to [12].
[14] The prepreg according to [10] above, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent.
[15] The prepreg according to [10] above, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound.
[16] A laminate comprising the prepreg according to any one of [10] to [15] above and a metal foil.
[17] A printed wiring board comprising the prepreg according to any one of [10] to [15] or the laminated board according to [16].
[18] A semiconductor package comprising a semiconductor element mounted on the printed wiring board according to [17].
[19] The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of the above [1] to [4], wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent.
[20] The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of the above [1] to [4], wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound.

 本発明により、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さいプリプレグの製造方法を提供すること、及び、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さいプリプレグ、積層板、プリント配線板及び半導体パッケージを提供することができる。また、本発明は、ビアの位置ずれ不良の発生が少ないプリプレグ、積層板、プリント配線板及び半導体パッケージも提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a prepreg with a small variation in dimensional change, and to provide a prepreg, a laminate, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package with a small variation in dimensional change. The present invention can also provide a prepreg, a laminated board, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor package that are less likely to cause misalignment of vias.

実施例における寸法変化量のバラつきの測定に用いる評価基板の模式図である。It is a schematic diagram of the evaluation board | substrate used for the measurement of the variation in the dimensional change amount in an Example.

 本明細書中に記載されている数値範囲において、その数値範囲の上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。また、数値範囲の下限値及び上限値は、それぞれ他の数値範囲の下限値及び上限値と任意に組み合わせられる。
 また、本明細書に例示する各成分及び材料は、特に断らない限り、1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。本明細書において、組成物中の各成分の含有量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する当該複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本明細書における記載事項を任意に組み合わせた態様も本発明に含まれる。
In the numerical range described in this specification, the upper limit value or the lower limit value of the numerical range may be replaced with the values shown in the examples. Further, the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the numerical range can be arbitrarily combined with the lower limit value and the upper limit value of other numerical ranges, respectively.
Moreover, unless otherwise indicated, each component and material illustrated in this specification may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In the present specification, the content of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition unless there is a specific notice when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition. Means.
Embodiments in which the items described in this specification are arbitrarily combined are also included in the present invention.

[プリプレグの製造方法]
 本発明は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸させた後、該熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得る工程(工程1)、及び
 前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後に、表面加熱処理工程(工程3)を有するプリプレグの製造方法であり、前記工程3は、熱源温度200~700℃でプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理してプリプレグを得る工程である。
 前記工程3は、前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後に、プリプレグ前駆体の表面温度が40~130℃となるようにプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理してプリプレグを得る表面加熱処理工程ということもできる。
 なお、通常、前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程(工程1)の後、且つ前記表面加熱処理工程(工程3)の前に、プリプレグ前駆体を5~35℃に冷却する工程(工程2)を有することが好ましい。
 以下、工程1~3について順に説明し、その後、プリプレグを構成する基材及び熱硬化性樹脂組成物について説明する。
[Prepreg production method]
The present invention includes a step (step 1) of obtaining a prepreg precursor by impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition and then B-staging the thermosetting resin composition to obtain the prepreg precursor. A method for producing a prepreg having a surface heat treatment step (step 3) after the step, wherein the step 3 is a step of obtaining a prepreg by heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C.
The step 3 is a surface heat treatment step of obtaining a prepreg by heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor so that the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor becomes 40 to 130 ° C. after the step of obtaining the prepreg precursor. it can.
Usually, after the step of obtaining the prepreg precursor (step 1) and before the surface heat treatment step (step 3), the step of cooling the prepreg precursor to 5 to 35 ° C. (step 2) is included. It is preferable.
Hereinafter, Steps 1 to 3 will be described in order, and then the base material and the thermosetting resin composition constituting the prepreg will be described.

<工程1>
 工程1は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸した後、該熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得る工程である。
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸する方法としては、特に限定されないが、ホットメルト法、ソルベント法等が挙げられる。
 ホットメルト法は、加熱により低粘度化した熱硬化性樹脂組成物を直接基材に含浸させる方法であり、例えば、熱硬化性樹脂組成物を剥離性に優れる塗工紙等に一旦塗工して樹脂フィルムを形成した後、それを基材にラミネートする方法、ダイコーター等により熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に直接塗工する方法等が挙げられる。
 ソルベント法は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物に有機溶剤を含有させて樹脂ワニスとした状態で基材に含浸させる方法であり、例えば、基材を樹脂ワニスに浸漬させた後、乾燥する方法等が挙げられる。
<Step 1>
Step 1 is a step of impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition, and then B-staging the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor.
Although it does not specifically limit as a method of impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition, A hot-melt method, a solvent method, etc. are mentioned.
The hot melt method is a method of directly impregnating a base material with a thermosetting resin composition whose viscosity has been reduced by heating. For example, the thermosetting resin composition is once applied to coated paper having excellent peelability. And a method of laminating the resin film on the substrate, a method of directly applying the thermosetting resin composition to the substrate with a die coater, and the like.
The solvent method is a method of impregnating a base material in a state where a thermosetting resin composition contains an organic solvent to form a resin varnish. Can be mentioned.

 熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸した後、加熱処理を施すことによって、熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化させたプリプレグ前駆体を得ることができる。
 ここで、前記ホットメルト法を適用する場合、B-ステージ化は、前記樹脂フィルムを基材にラミネートする際における加熱と同時に行ってもよい。すなわち、前記樹脂フィルムを、加熱しながら基材にラミネートしつつ、そのまま加熱を継続して、熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得てもよい。その場合、前記ラミネート時における加熱温度とB-ステージ化する際の加熱温度は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。前記樹脂フィルムを基材にラミネートする際における加熱温度は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは15~150℃であり、20~130℃であってもよく、20~100℃であってもよい。
 また、前記ソルベント法を適用する場合、B-ステージ化は、前記樹脂ワニスを乾燥させる際の加熱と同時に行ってもよい。すなわち、基材を樹脂ワニスに浸漬させた後、加熱により有機溶媒を乾燥させつつ、そのまま加熱を継続して、熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得てもよい。その場合、前記ラミネート時における加熱温度とB-ステージ化する際の加熱温度は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。前記樹脂ワニスを乾燥させる際の加熱温度は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは10~190℃であり、15~180℃であってもよく、15~170℃であってもよい。
A prepreg precursor in which the thermosetting resin composition is B-staged can be obtained by impregnating the base material with the thermosetting resin composition and then performing a heat treatment.
Here, when the hot melt method is applied, the B-staging may be performed simultaneously with the heating in laminating the resin film on the substrate. That is, the resin film may be laminated to the substrate while being heated, and the heating may be continued as it is to obtain a prepreg precursor by B-staging the thermosetting resin composition. In that case, the heating temperature at the time of lamination and the heating temperature at the B-stage may be the same or different. The heating temperature when laminating the resin film on the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 15 to 150 ° C, 20 to 130 ° C, or 20 to 100 ° C.
Further, when the solvent method is applied, the B-staging may be performed simultaneously with the heating for drying the resin varnish. That is, after the base material is immersed in the resin varnish, the organic solvent is dried by heating, and the heating is continued as it is, so that the thermosetting resin composition is B-staged to obtain a prepreg precursor. In that case, the heating temperature at the time of lamination and the heating temperature at the B-stage may be the same or different. The heating temperature for drying the resin varnish is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 190 ° C., 15 to 180 ° C., or 15 to 170 ° C.

 本工程1におけるB-ステージ化の条件は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化できる条件であれば特に限定されず、熱硬化性樹脂の種類等に応じて適宜決定すればよい。加熱温度としては、例えば、好ましくは70~190℃であり、80~180℃であってもよく、120~180℃であってもよく、140~180℃であってもよい。加熱方法としては、特に制限はなく、パネルヒーターによる加熱方法、熱風による加熱方法、高周波による加熱方法、磁力線による加熱方法、レーザによる加熱方法、これらを組み合せた加熱方法等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、パネルヒーターによる加熱方法、熱風による加熱方法が簡便であり好ましい。また、加熱時間としては、例えば、1~30分間であり、2~20分間であってもよく、2~10分間であってもよく、2~6分間であってもよい。 The conditions for B-staging in this step 1 are not particularly limited as long as the thermosetting resin composition can be B-staged, and may be appropriately determined according to the type of the thermosetting resin. The heating temperature is, for example, preferably 70 to 190 ° C., 80 to 180 ° C., 120 to 180 ° C., or 140 to 180 ° C. The heating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heating method using a panel heater, a heating method using hot air, a heating method using high frequency, a heating method using magnetic lines, a heating method using a laser, and a heating method combining these. Among these, a heating method using a panel heater and a heating method using hot air are simple and preferable. The heating time is, for example, 1 to 30 minutes, 2 to 20 minutes, 2 to 10 minutes, or 2 to 6 minutes.

<工程2>
 工程2は、工程1で得られたプリプレグ前駆体を冷却する工程である。すなわち、工程2は、工程1において、加熱処理を施して熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化させて得たプリプレグ前駆体を、少なくとも該加熱処理を行った温度よりも低い温度に冷却する工程である。
 工程2を実施することにより、熱硬化性樹脂組成物のB-ステージ化及び冷却という、一般的にプリプレグを製造する際に付与する熱履歴を受けることとなり、得られたプリプレグ前駆体は、従来のプリプレグに発生する、寸法変化の要因となるひずみ等を内在する傾向にある。
 このように、後述する工程3の前に、加熱(工程1)及び冷却(工程2)という熱履歴に起因するひずみ等を内在させておくことにより、工程3による上記ひずみ等の解消及び寸法変化量の均一化が効果的に実現し易くなるため、好ましい。さらに、一度工程3によって解消された、加熱(工程1)及び冷却(工程2)という熱履歴に起因するひずみは、工程3以降に、同じ熱履歴を付与しても発生することがないか、又は発生しても非常に小さいものとなるため、本発明によって得られるプリプレグは、寸法変化量のバラつきが極めて小さいものとなる傾向にある。
<Process 2>
Step 2 is a step of cooling the prepreg precursor obtained in Step 1. That is, in step 2, the prepreg precursor obtained by subjecting the thermosetting resin composition to B-stage by performing heat treatment in step 1 is cooled to at least a temperature lower than the temperature at which the heat treatment was performed. It is a process.
By performing step 2, the thermosetting resin composition is subjected to a thermal history that is generally imparted when producing a prepreg, such as B-staging and cooling, and the obtained prepreg precursor is There is a tendency to inherently cause strains and the like that cause dimensional changes in the prepreg.
In this way, by eliminating the strain caused by the thermal history of heating (step 1) and cooling (step 2) before the step 3 to be described later, the above-described strain and the like are eliminated by the step 3 and the dimensional change. This is preferable because it is easy to effectively achieve uniform amount. Furthermore, the strain caused by the thermal history of heating (step 1) and cooling (step 2) once eliminated by step 3 does not occur even if the same thermal history is applied after step 3, Or even if it occurs, it becomes very small, and the prepreg obtained by the present invention tends to have very little variation in dimensional change.

 プリプレグ前駆体の冷却は、自然放冷によって行ってもよく、送風装置、冷却ロール等の冷却装置を用いて行ってもよい。なお、生産性の観点から、送風装置によって冷却を行うことが好ましい。本工程における冷却後のプリプレグ前駆体の表面温度は、通常、5~60℃であり、10~45℃が好ましく、10~30℃がより好ましく、室温がさらに好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、室温とは、加熱、冷却等の温度制御なしの雰囲気温度をいうものとし、一般に、15~25℃程度であるが、天候、季節等によって変わり得るため、該範囲に限定されるものではない。
The prepreg precursor may be cooled by natural cooling or may be performed using a cooling device such as a blower or a cooling roll. In addition, it is preferable to perform cooling with a blower from the viewpoint of productivity. The surface temperature of the prepreg precursor after cooling in this step is usually 5 to 60 ° C., preferably 10 to 45 ° C., more preferably 10 to 30 ° C., and even more preferably room temperature.
In this specification, room temperature refers to an ambient temperature without temperature control such as heating and cooling, and is generally about 15 to 25 ° C., but may vary depending on the weather, season, etc. It is not limited.

<工程3>
 工程3は、前記工程1又は前記工程2で得たプリプレグ前駆体に対して、熱源温度200~700℃でプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理してプリプレグを得る表面加熱処理工程であり、プリプレグ前駆体の表面温度が40~130℃となるようにプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理してプリプレグを得る表面加熱処理工程ということもできる。
 本工程3によって、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さいプリプレグとなる。その正確な理由は明らかではないが、本工程3により、工程1又は工程2で得たプリプレグ前駆体中における基材のひずみを解消し、該ひずみに由来する硬化時の寸法変化を低減することにより、寸法変化量のバラつきが低減されたものと考えられる。該寸法変化量のバラつきの低減によって、ビアの位置ずれ不良の発生が少なくなる。
<Step 3>
Step 3 is a surface heat treatment step for obtaining a prepreg by heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C. with respect to the prepreg precursor obtained in the step 1 or the step 2. It can also be referred to as a surface heat treatment step in which the surface of the prepreg precursor is heat-treated so that the surface temperature of the body becomes 40 to 130 ° C. to obtain a prepreg.
By this step 3, a prepreg having a small variation in the dimensional change amount is obtained. Although the exact reason is not clear, this step 3 eliminates the distortion of the base material in the prepreg precursor obtained in step 1 or 2, and reduces the dimensional change during curing due to the distortion. Therefore, it is considered that the variation in the dimensional change amount is reduced. By reducing the variation in the dimensional change amount, the occurrence of via misalignment is reduced.

 工程3における表面加熱処理の加熱方法としては、特に制限はなく、パネルヒーターによる加熱方法、熱風による加熱方法、高周波による加熱方法、磁力線による加熱方法、レーザによる加熱方法、これらを組み合せた加熱方法等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、表面温度の制御の容易性の観点から、パネルヒーターによる加熱方法、熱風による加熱方法が好ましい。
 本発明の一態様においては、表面加熱処理は熱源温度200~700℃で実施するが、プリプレグの生産性をより良好に保つ観点、及びプリプレグをB-ステージ状態に保ち、成形性を良好に保ちつつ寸法変化量のバラつきを低減させる観点から、工程1においてB-ステージ化させる際の加熱処理よりも高温且つ短時間で行うことが好ましい。当該観点から、表面加熱処理の際の熱源温度は、好ましくは250~700℃、より好ましくは300~600℃、さらに好ましくは350~550℃である。特に、パネルヒーター又は熱風による加熱方法を実施する場合、前記温度範囲で表面加熱処理を実施することが好ましい。
 なお、本発明の一態様においては、表面加熱処理は、プリプレグの成形性を良好に保ちつつ、寸法変化量のバラつきを低減する観点から、プリプレグ前駆体の表面温度が、例えば、好ましくは40~130℃、より好ましくは40~110℃、さらに好ましくは60~90℃となるように実施する。前記熱源温度にてプリプレグ前駆体の表面温度を当該範囲とすることが好ましい。
 表面加熱処理の加熱時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、プリプレグの生産性を良好に保つ観点、及びプリプレグをB-ステージ状態に保ち、成形性を良好に保ちつつ寸法変化量のバラつきを低減させる観点から、1.0~10.0秒が好ましく、1.5~6.0秒がより好ましく、2.0~4.0秒がさらに好ましい。
 表面加熱処理による、プリプレグ前駆体の表面温度の上昇値(すなわち、表面加熱処理前の表面温度と表面加熱処理中に到達する最高表面温度との差の絶対値)は、プリプレグの成形性を良好に保ちつつ、寸法変化量のバラつきを低減する観点から、5~110℃が好ましく、20~90℃がより好ましく、40~70℃がさらに好ましい。
 但し、表面加熱処理の詳細な加熱条件は、熱源温度を前述の範囲とすることによってプリプレグ前駆体の表面温度が表面加熱処理を実施する前の表面温度より上昇する条件であればよく、得られるプリプレグの諸特性(例えば、流動性)に著しく影響を与えない範囲であれば特に限定されず、熱硬化性樹脂の種類等に応じて適宜決定すればよい。
The heating method of the surface heat treatment in step 3 is not particularly limited, and is a heating method using a panel heater, a heating method using hot air, a heating method using high frequency, a heating method using magnetic lines, a heating method using a laser, a heating method combining these, and the like. Is mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of easy control of the surface temperature, a heating method using a panel heater and a heating method using hot air are preferable.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the surface heat treatment is carried out at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C., but from the viewpoint of keeping the prepreg productivity better, and keeping the prepreg in the B-stage state, the moldability is kept good. However, from the viewpoint of reducing the variation in the amount of dimensional change, it is preferable to perform the heat treatment at a higher temperature and in a shorter time than the heat treatment for forming the B-stage in step 1. From this viewpoint, the heat source temperature in the surface heat treatment is preferably 250 to 700 ° C., more preferably 300 to 600 ° C., and further preferably 350 to 550 ° C. In particular, when a heating method using a panel heater or hot air is performed, it is preferable to perform the surface heat treatment in the temperature range.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the surface heat treatment is performed at a surface temperature of the prepreg precursor of, for example, preferably 40 to 40 from the viewpoint of reducing variation in dimensional change while maintaining good prepreg moldability. It is carried out so that the temperature is 130 ° C., more preferably 40 to 110 ° C., still more preferably 60 to 90 ° C. It is preferable that the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor is within the above range at the heat source temperature.
The heating time of the surface heat treatment is not particularly limited, but the viewpoint of keeping the prepreg productivity good, and maintaining the prepreg in the B-stage state, the dimensional change varies while keeping the moldability good. From the viewpoint of reduction, 1.0 to 10.0 seconds are preferred, 1.5 to 6.0 seconds are more preferred, and 2.0 to 4.0 seconds are even more preferred.
Increase in surface temperature of prepreg precursor due to surface heat treatment (that is, absolute value of difference between surface temperature before surface heat treatment and maximum surface temperature reached during surface heat treatment) has good moldability of prepreg From the viewpoint of reducing the variation in the amount of dimensional change while maintaining the temperature, it is preferably 5 to 110 ° C, more preferably 20 to 90 ° C, and further preferably 40 to 70 ° C.
However, the detailed heating conditions of the surface heat treatment may be obtained as long as the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor is higher than the surface temperature before the surface heat treatment is performed by setting the heat source temperature in the above-described range. It is not particularly limited as long as it does not significantly affect various properties (for example, fluidity) of the prepreg, and may be appropriately determined according to the type of the thermosetting resin.

 工程3で得られたプリプレグは、プリプレグの取扱い性及びタック性の観点から、これを冷却する冷却工程に供することが好ましい。プリプレグの冷却は、自然放冷によって行ってもよく、送風装置、冷却ロール等の冷却装置を用いて行ってもよい。冷却後のプリプレグの温度は、通常、5~80℃であり、8~50℃が好ましく、10~30℃がより好ましく、室温がさらに好ましい。 The prepreg obtained in step 3 is preferably subjected to a cooling step for cooling the prepreg from the viewpoints of prepreg handling and tackiness. The prepreg may be cooled by natural cooling or using a cooling device such as a blower or a cooling roll. The temperature of the prepreg after cooling is usually 5 to 80 ° C., preferably 8 to 50 ° C., more preferably 10 to 30 ° C., and further preferably room temperature.

 以上のようにして得られる本発明のプリプレグ中の熱硬化性樹脂組成物の固形分換算の含有量は、20~90質量%が好ましく、30~85質量%がより好ましく、50~80質量%がさらに好ましい。
 本発明のプリプレグの厚さは、例えば、0.01~0.5mmであり、成形性及び高密度配線を可能にする観点から、0.02~0.3mmが好ましく、0.05~0.2mmがより好ましい。
The content in terms of solid content of the thermosetting resin composition in the prepreg of the present invention obtained as described above is preferably 20 to 90% by mass, more preferably 30 to 85% by mass, and 50 to 80% by mass. Is more preferable.
The thickness of the prepreg of the present invention is, for example, 0.01 to 0.5 mm, and is preferably 0.02 to 0.3 mm from the viewpoint of enabling moldability and high-density wiring, and 0.05 to 0.00 mm. 2 mm is more preferable.

 以下、本発明のプリプレグの製造に用いる基材及び熱硬化性樹脂組成物について順に詳述する。
〔基材〕
 本発明のプリプレグを構成する基材としては、シート状補強基材が用いられ、各種の電気絶縁材料用積層板に用いられている周知のものが使用できる。基材の材質としては、紙、コットンリンターのような天然繊維;ガラス繊維及びアスベスト等の無機繊維;アラミド、ポリイミド、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエステル、テトラフルオロエチレン及びアクリル等の有機繊維;これらの混合物などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、難燃性の観点から、ガラス繊維が好ましい。ガラス繊維基材としては、Eガラス、Cガラス、Dガラス、Sガラス等を用いた織布又は短繊維を有機バインダーで接着したガラス織布;ガラス繊維とセルロース繊維とを混沙したもの等が挙げられる。より好ましくは、Eガラスを使用したガラス織布である。
 これらの基材は、例えば、織布、不織布、ロービンク、チョップドストランドマット又はサーフェシングマット等の形状を有する。なお、材質及び形状は、目的とする成形物の用途や性能により選択され、1種を単独で使用してもよいし、必要に応じて、2種以上の材質及び形状を組み合わせることもできる。
 基材の厚さは、例えば、0.01~0.5mmであり、成形性及び高密度配線を可能にする観点から、0.015~0.2mmが好ましく、0.02~0.15mmがより好ましい。これらの基材は、耐熱性、耐湿性、加工性等の観点から、シランカップリング剤等で表面処理したもの、機械的に開繊処理を施したものであることが好ましい。
Hereinafter, the base material and thermosetting resin composition used for the production of the prepreg of the present invention will be described in detail.
〔Base material〕
As a base material which comprises the prepreg of this invention, a sheet-like reinforcement base material is used, The well-known thing used for the laminated board for various electrical insulation materials can be used. Examples of the material of the base material include natural fibers such as paper and cotton linter; inorganic fibers such as glass fiber and asbestos; organic fibers such as aramid, polyimide, polyvinyl alcohol, polyester, tetrafluoroethylene, and acrylic; and mixtures thereof. Can be mentioned. Among these, glass fiber is preferable from the viewpoint of flame retardancy. Glass fiber base materials include woven fabrics using E glass, C glass, D glass, S glass, etc., or glass woven fabrics in which short fibers are bonded with an organic binder; Can be mentioned. More preferably, it is a glass woven fabric using E glass.
These base materials have shapes, such as a woven fabric, a nonwoven fabric, a robink, a chopped strand mat, or a surfacing mat, for example. In addition, a material and a shape are selected by the use and performance of the target molding, and 1 type may be used independently and 2 or more types of materials and shapes can also be combined as needed.
The thickness of the substrate is, for example, 0.01 to 0.5 mm, and is preferably 0.015 to 0.2 mm, and preferably 0.02 to 0.15 mm from the viewpoint of enabling moldability and high-density wiring. More preferred. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, moisture resistance, workability, and the like, these substrates are preferably those that have been surface-treated with a silane coupling agent or the like, or those that have been mechanically subjected to fiber opening treatment.

 ところで、前記特許文献1~8に記載のプリプレグは、比較的良好な比誘電率を示すが、近年の市場の厳しい要求を満たすことが出来ない事例が多くなってきた。また、寸法変化量のバラつきが十分に抑制されないのみならず、高耐熱性、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性(レーザ加工性)のいずれかが不十分となることも多く、この点においても、さらなる改善の余地がある。また従来は、前記特性に対して全てを満足するという観点からの材料開発が十分になされていないのが実情である。
 しかし、本発明では、前記本発明のプリプレグの製造方法を利用しながら熱硬化性樹脂組成物の成分を以下のものとすることによって、寸法変化量のバラつきを十分に抑制することに加えて、高耐熱性、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性(レーザ加工性)を満足させることができる。この観点から、下記の熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いることが好ましい。
By the way, the prepregs described in Patent Documents 1 to 8 show a relatively good relative dielectric constant, but there are many cases where the strict demands of the market in recent years cannot be satisfied. In addition, the variation in the amount of dimensional change is not sufficiently suppressed, but it is also one of high heat resistance, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, formability, and plating rotation (laser processability). In many cases, there is room for further improvement. In the past, material development from the viewpoint of satisfying all of the above characteristics has not been made.
However, in the present invention, in addition to sufficiently suppressing the variation in dimensional change by using the following components of the thermosetting resin composition while utilizing the method for producing the prepreg of the present invention, High heat resistance, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating wraparound (laser processability) can be satisfied. From this viewpoint, it is preferable to use the following thermosetting resin composition.

〔熱硬化性樹脂組成物〕
 本発明で使用し得る熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、特に制限されるものではないが、寸法変化量のバラつきを十分に抑制することに加えて、高耐熱性、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性(レーザ加工性)を満足させる観点から、(A)マレイミド化合物を含有する熱硬化性樹脂組成物(以下、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]と称する)であることが好ましい。同様の観点から、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]は、さらに、(B)エポキシ樹脂、(C)置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂、及び(D)アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカを含有することがより好ましい。同様の観点から、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]は、(E)硬化剤を含有することが好ましく、また、難燃性の観点から、(F)難燃剤を含有することが好ましい。
 また、寸法変化量のバラつきを十分に抑制する観点から、(G)エポキシ樹脂及び(H)エポキシ樹脂硬化剤、並びに必要に応じて、(I)硬化促進剤及び(J)無機充填材を含有するエポキシ樹脂組成物[II]であってもよいし、(K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物及び(L)イミダゾール化合物、並びに必要に応じて(M)無機充填材を含有する熱硬化性樹脂組成物[III]であってもよい。
[Thermosetting resin composition]
The thermosetting resin composition that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but in addition to sufficiently suppressing variation in dimensional change, it has high heat resistance, high metal foil adhesion, and high glass. From the viewpoint of satisfying the transition temperature, low thermal expansibility, moldability, and plating rotability (laser processability), (A) a thermosetting resin composition containing a maleimide compound (hereinafter, thermosetting resin composition [I ] Is preferred. From the same viewpoint, the thermosetting resin composition [I] further comprises (B) an epoxy resin, (C) a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride. And (D) silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent is more preferable. From the same viewpoint, the thermosetting resin composition [I] preferably contains (E) a curing agent, and from the viewpoint of flame retardancy, (F) preferably contains a flame retardant.
In addition, from the viewpoint of sufficiently suppressing the variation in dimensional change, (G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent, and, if necessary, (I) a curing accelerator and (J) an inorganic filler Or (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound, and (M) a thermosetting resin composition containing an inorganic filler, if necessary. III].

 まず、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]が含有する各成分について詳細に説明する。
<(A)マレイミド化合物>
 (A)成分はマレイミド化合物(以下、マレイミド化合物(A)と称することがある)であり、好ましくはN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物であり、より好ましくは、(a1)少なくとも2個のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物[以下、マレイミド化合物(a1)と略称する]と、(a2)下記一般式(a2-1)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

(一般式(a2-1)中、RA4は、水酸基、カルボキシ基及びスルホン酸基から選択される酸性置換基を示す。RA5は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はハロゲン原子を示す。tは1~5の整数、uは0~4の整数であり、且つ、1≦t+u≦5を満たす。但し、tが2~5の整数の場合、複数のRA4は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。また、uが2~4の整数の場合、複数のRA5は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
で示されるモノアミン化合物[以下、モノアミン化合物(a2)と略称する]と、(a3)下記一般式(a3-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(一般式(a3-1)中、XA2は、炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-O-を示す。RA6及びRA7は、各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、カルボキシ基又はスルホン酸基を示す。v及びwは、各々独立に、0~4の整数である。)
で示されるジアミン化合物[以下、ジアミン化合物(a3)と略称する]とを反応させて得られる、N-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物である。
 以下、マレイミド化合物(A)に関する記載は、上記のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物の記載として読むこともできる。 First, each component contained in the thermosetting resin composition [I] will be described in detail.
<(A) Maleimide compound>
Component (A) is a maleimide compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as maleimide compound (A)), preferably a maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group, and more preferably (a1) at least two N A maleimide compound having a substituted maleimide group [hereinafter abbreviated as maleimide compound (a1)], (a2) the following general formula (a2-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

(In General Formula (a2-1), R A4 represents an acidic substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonic acid group, and R A5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. t is an integer of 1 to 5, u is an integer of 0 to 4, and 1 ≦ t + u ≦ 5, provided that when t is an integer of 2 to 5, a plurality of R A4 may be the same And when u is an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R A5 may be the same or different.)
(Hereinafter abbreviated as monoamine compound (a2)), (a3) the following general formula (a3-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(In the general formula (a3-1), X A2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or —O—. R A6 and R A7 each independently represents an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. A group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, or a sulfonic acid group, and v and w are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.)
A maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group, obtained by reacting with a diamine compound represented by the following [hereinafter abbreviated as diamine compound (a3)].
Hereinafter, the description regarding the maleimide compound (A) can also be read as the description of the maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group.

 マレイミド化合物(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、有機溶媒への溶解性の観点及び機械強度の観点から、好ましくは400~3,500、より好ましくは400~2,300、さらに好ましくは800~2,000である。なお、本明細書における重量平均分子量は、溶離液としてテトラヒドロフランを用いたゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定された値であり、より具体的には実施例に記載の方法により測定された値である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the maleimide compound (A) is preferably 400 to 3,500, more preferably 400 to 2,300, and still more preferably 800 from the viewpoints of solubility in organic solvents and mechanical strength. ~ 2,000. In addition, the weight average molecular weight in this specification is a value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method (standard polystyrene conversion) using tetrahydrofuran as an eluent, and more specifically described in Examples. It is a value measured by the method.

(マレイミド化合物(a1))
 マレイミド化合物(a1)は、少なくとも2個のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物である。
 マレイミド化合物(a1)としては、複数のマレイミド基のうちの任意の2個のマレイミド基の間に脂肪族炭化水素基を有する(但し、芳香族炭化水素基は存在しない)マレイミド化合物[以下、脂肪族炭化水素基含有マレイミドと称する]であるか、又は、複数のマレイミド基のうちの任意の2個のマレイミド基の間に芳香族炭化水素基を含有するマレイミド化合物[以下、芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミドと称する]が挙げられる。これらの中でも、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミドが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミドは、任意に選択した2つのマレイミド基の組み合わせのいずれかの間に芳香族炭化水素基を含有していればよく、また、芳香族炭化水素基と共に脂肪族炭化水素基を有していてもよい。
 マレイミド化合物(a1)としては、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、1分子中に2個~5個のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物が好ましく、1分子中に2個のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物がより好ましい。また、マレイミド化合物(a1)としては、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、下記一般式(a1-1)~(a1-4)のいずれかで表される芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミドであることがより好ましく、下記一般式(a1-1)、(a1-2)又は(a1-4)で表される芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミドであることがさらに好ましく、下記一般式(a1-2)で表される芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミドであることが特に好ましい。
(Maleimide compound (a1))
The maleimide compound (a1) is a maleimide compound having at least two N-substituted maleimide groups.
As the maleimide compound (a1), a maleimide compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (but no aromatic hydrocarbon group is present) between any two maleimide groups among a plurality of maleimide groups [hereinafter referred to as fat Or a maleimide compound containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group between any two maleimide groups of the plurality of maleimide groups [hereinafter referred to as aromatic hydrocarbon group] Referred to as a containing maleimide]. Among these, an aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide is preferable from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating revolving property. The aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide only needs to contain an aromatic hydrocarbon group between any combination of two maleimide groups selected arbitrarily, and is also an aliphatic hydrocarbon together with the aromatic hydrocarbon group. It may have a group.
As maleimide compound (a1), from the viewpoint of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating rotation, two or more per molecule Maleimide compounds having 5 N-substituted maleimide groups are preferred, and maleimide compounds having 2 N-substituted maleimide groups in one molecule are more preferred. Moreover, as a maleimide compound (a1), following general formula (a1) from a viewpoint of high heat resistance, a low dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion property, moldability, and plating revolving property. -1) to (a1-4), and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide represented by any of the following general formulas (a1-1), (a1-2) or (a1-4) The aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide represented by general formula (a1-2) is more preferred, and the aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide represented by the following general formula (a1-2) is particularly preferred.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 上記式中、RA1~RA3は、各々独立に、炭素数1~5の脂肪族炭化水素基を示す。XA1は、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基、炭素数2~5のアルキリデン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S-S-又はスルホニル基を示す。p、q及びrは、各々独立に、0~4の整数である。sは、0~10の整数である。
 RA1~RA3が示す炭素数1~5の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基等が挙げられる。該脂肪族炭化水素基としては、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、好ましくは炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基であり、より好ましくはメチル基、エチル基である。
In the above formula, R A1 to R A3 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. X A1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkylidene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, —O—, —C (═O) —, —S—, —SS— or a sulfonyl group. p, q, and r are each independently an integer of 0-4. s is an integer of 0 to 10.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R A1 to R A3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and n-pentyl group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 1 carbon atoms from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating swirlability. 3 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.

 XA1が示す炭素数1~5のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、1,2-ジメチレン基、1,3-トリメチレン基、1,4-テトラメチレン基、1,5-ペンタメチレン基等が挙げられる。該アルキレン基としては、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基であり、より好ましくはメチレン基である。
 XA1が示す炭素数2~5のアルキリデン基としては、例えば、エチリデン基、プロピリデン基、イソプロピリデン基、ブチリデン基、イソブチリデン基、ペンチリデン基、イソペンチリデン基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、イソプロピリデン基が好ましい。
 XA1としては、上記選択肢の中でも、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基、炭素数2~5のアルキリデン基が好ましい。より好ましいものは前述の通りである。
 p、q及びrは、各々独立に、0~4の整数であり、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、いずれも、好ましくは0~2の整数、より好ましくは0又は1、さらに好ましくは0である。
 sは、0~10の整数であり、入手容易性の観点から、好ましくは0~5、より好ましくは0~3である。特に、一般式(a1-3)で表される芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミド化合物は、sが0~3の混合物であることが好ましい。
Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by X A1 include a methylene group, a 1,2-dimethylene group, a 1,3-trimethylene group, a 1,4-tetramethylene group, and a 1,5-pentamethylene group. Is mentioned. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating rotation. Group, more preferably a methylene group.
Examples of the alkylidene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms represented by X A1 include an ethylidene group, a propylidene group, an isopropylidene group, a butylidene group, an isobutylidene group, a pentylidene group, and an isopentylidene group. Among these, an isopropylidene group is preferable from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating rotation.
X A1 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkylidene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms among the above options. More preferred are as described above.
p, q, and r are each independently an integer of 0 to 4, and have high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, formability, and roundness with plating. In view of the above, each is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
s is an integer of 0 to 10, and is preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 3, from the viewpoint of availability. In particular, the aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide compound represented by the general formula (a1-3) is preferably a mixture in which s is 0 to 3.

 マレイミド化合物(a1)としては、具体的には、例えば、N,N’-エチレンビスマレイミド、N,N’-ヘキサメチレンビスマレイミド、ビス(4-マレイミドシクロヘキシル)メタン、1,4-ビス(マレイミドメチル)シクロヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素基含有マレイミド;N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビスマレイミド、N,N’-[1,3-(2-メチルフェニレン)]ビスマレイミド、N,N’-[1,3-(4-メチルフェニレン)]ビスマレイミド、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビスマレイミド、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ビス(3-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、3,3’-ジメチル-5,5’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジフェニルメタンビスマレイミド、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)エーテル、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)スルフィド、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)ケトン、1,4-ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)シクロヘキサン、1,4-ビス(マレイミドメチル)シクロヘキサン、1,3-ビス(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)ベンゼン、ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]メタン、ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]メタン、1,1-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]エタン、1,1-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]エタン、1,2-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]エタン、1,2-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]エタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]ブタン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]ブタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン、4,4-ビス(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4-ビス(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]ケトン、ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]ケトン、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)ジスルフィド、ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]スルフィド、ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]スルフィド、ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホキシド、ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホキシド、ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]エーテル、ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]エーテル、1,4-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,3-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,4-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,3-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,4-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチル-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,3-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチル-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,4-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチル-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,3-ビス[4-(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチル-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、ポリフェニルメタンマレイミド等の芳香族炭化水素基含有マレイミドが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the maleimide compound (a1) include N, N′-ethylene bismaleimide, N, N′-hexamethylene bismaleimide, bis (4-maleimidocyclohexyl) methane, and 1,4-bis (maleimide). Methyl) cyclohexane or other aliphatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide; N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bismaleimide, N, N ′-[1,3- (2-methylphenylene)] bismaleimide, N, N ′-[1,3- (4-methylphenylene)] bismaleimide, N, N ′-(1,4-phenylene) bismaleimide, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane, bis (3-methyl-4- Maleimidophenyl) methane, 3,3′-dimethyl-5,5′-diethyl-4,4′-diphenylmethane bismaleimide, bis (4-maleimide) Phenyl) ether, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfone, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfide, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) ketone, 1,4-bis (4-maleimidophenyl) cyclohexane, 1,4-bis ( Maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,3-bis (4-maleimidophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-maleimidophenoxy) benzene, bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] methane, bis [4- ( 4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] methane, 1,1-bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] ethane, 1,1-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] ethane, 1,2-bis [4- (3-Maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] ethane, 1,2-bis [4- ( -Maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] ethane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [ 4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] butane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] butane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] -1,1 , 1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, 4,4- Bis (3-maleimidophenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4-bis (4-maleimidophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] Ketone, bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] ketone, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) disulfide, bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] sulfide, bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl ] Sulfide, bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] sulfoxide, bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] sulfoxide, bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- ( 4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] ether, bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] ether, 1,4-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) ) -Α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,3-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) -α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) -α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 3-bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) -α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) -3,5-dimethyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl] Benzene, 1,3-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) -3,5-dimethyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) -3,5 -Dimethyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,3-bis [4- (3-maleimidophenoxy) -3,5-dimethyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, polyphenylmeta And an aromatic hydrocarbon group-containing maleimide such as Nmaleimide.

 これらの中でも、反応率が高く、より高耐熱性化できるという観点からは、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)スルフィド、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)ジスルフィド、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビスマレイミド、2,2-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパンが好ましく、安価であるという観点からは、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビスマレイミドが好ましく、溶剤への溶解性の観点からは、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタンが特に好ましい。
 マレイミド化合物(a1)は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Among these, from the viewpoint of high reaction rate and higher heat resistance, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfone, bis (4-maleimidophenyl) sulfide, bis (4 -Maleimidophenyl) disulfide, N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bismaleimide, 2,2-bis [4- (4-maleimidophenoxy) phenyl] propane are preferred, and bis (4-Maleimidophenyl) methane and N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bismaleimide are preferred, and bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent.
As the maleimide compound (a1), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

(モノアミン化合物(a2))
 モノアミン化合物(a2)は、下記一般式(a2-1)で示されるモノアミン化合物である。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(Monoamine compound (a2))
The monoamine compound (a2) is a monoamine compound represented by the following general formula (a2-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 上記一般式(a2-1)中、RA4は、水酸基、カルボキシ基及びスルホン酸基から選択される酸性置換基を示す。RA5は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はハロゲン原子を示す。tは1~5の整数、uは0~4の整数であり、且つ、1≦t+u≦5を満たす。但し、tが2~5の整数の場合、複数のRA4は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。また、uが2~4の整数の場合、複数のRA5は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 RA4が示す酸性置換基としては、溶解性及び反応性の観点から、好ましくは水酸基、カルボキシ基であり、耐熱性も考慮すると、より好ましくは水酸基である。
 tは1~5の整数であり、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、好ましくは1~3の整数、より好ましくは1又は2、さらに好ましくは1である。
 RA5が示す炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基等が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキル基である。
 RA5が示すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
 uは0~4の整数であり、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、好ましくは0~3の整数、より好ましくは0~2の整数、さらに好ましくは0又は1、特に好ましくは0である。
 モノアミン化合物(a2)としては、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、より好ましくは下記一般式(a2-2)又は(a2-3)で表されるモノアミン化合物であり、さらに好ましくは下記一般式(a2-2)で表されるモノアミン化合物である。但し、一般式(a2-2)及び(a2-3)中のRA4、RA5及びuは、一般式(a2-1)中のものと同じであり、好ましいものも同じである。
In the general formula (a2-1), R A4 represents an acidic substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonic acid group. R A5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. t is an integer of 1 to 5, u is an integer of 0 to 4, and 1 ≦ t + u ≦ 5 is satisfied. However, when t is an integer of 2 to 5, a plurality of R A4 may be the same or different. When u is an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R A5 may be the same or different.
The acidic substituent represented by R A4 is preferably a hydroxyl group or a carboxy group from the viewpoint of solubility and reactivity, and more preferably a hydroxyl group in consideration of heat resistance.
t is an integer of 1 to 5, and preferably 1 to 3 from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, formability, and plating-around properties. An integer of 1, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R A5 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Can be mentioned. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
Examples of the halogen atom represented by R A5 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
u is an integer of 0 to 4, and preferably 0 to 3 from the viewpoints of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, formability, and plating rotation. An integer of 0, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, still more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
As the monoamine compound (a2), from the viewpoint of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability, and plating revolving property, the following general formula ( a monoamine compound represented by a2-2) or (a2-3), more preferably a monoamine compound represented by the following general formula (a2-2). However, R A4 , R A5 and u in the general formulas (a2-2) and (a2-3) are the same as those in the general formula (a2-1), and preferred ones are also the same.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 モノアミン化合物(a2)としては、例えば、o-アミノフェノール、m-アミノフェノール、p-アミノフェノール、o-アミノ安息香酸、m-アミノ安息香酸、p-アミノ安息香酸、o-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、m-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、p-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3,5-ジヒドロキシアニリン、3,5-ジカルボキシアニリン等の、酸性置換基を有するモノアミン化合物が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、溶解性及び反応性の観点からは、m-アミノフェノール、p-アミノフェノール、p-アミノ安息香酸、3,5-ジヒドロキシアニリンが好ましく、耐熱性の観点からは、o-アミノフェノール、m-アミノフェノール、p-アミノフェノールが好ましく、誘電特性、低熱膨張性及び製造コストも考慮すると、p-アミノフェノールがより好ましい。
 モノアミン化合物(a2)は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Examples of the monoamine compound (a2) include o-aminophenol, m-aminophenol, p-aminophenol, o-aminobenzoic acid, m-aminobenzoic acid, p-aminobenzoic acid, o-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, Examples thereof include monoamine compounds having an acidic substituent, such as m-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, p-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3,5-dihydroxyaniline, and 3,5-dicarboxyaniline.
Among these, m-aminophenol, p-aminophenol, p-aminobenzoic acid and 3,5-dihydroxyaniline are preferable from the viewpoint of solubility and reactivity, and o-aminophenol from the viewpoint of heat resistance. M-aminophenol and p-aminophenol are preferable, and p-aminophenol is more preferable in consideration of dielectric properties, low thermal expansibility and production cost.
A monoamine compound (a2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

(ジアミン化合物(a3))
 ジアミン化合物(a3)は、下記一般式(a3-1)で示されるジアミン化合物である。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(式中、XA2は、炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-O-を示す。RA6及びRA7は、各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、カルボキシ基又はスルホン酸基を示す。v及びwは、各々独立に、0~4の整数である。) (Diamine compound (a3))
The diamine compound (a3) is a diamine compound represented by the following general formula (a3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(Wherein X A2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or —O—. R A6 and R A7 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group. Represents a carboxy group or a sulfonic acid group, and v and w are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.)

 XA2が示す炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、プロピリデン基等が挙げられる。
 XA2としては、メチレン基が好ましい。
 RA6及びRA7が示す炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基等が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキル基である。
 v及びwは、好ましくは0~2の整数、より好ましくは0又は1、さらに好ましくは0である。
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group of X A2 carbon number of 1 to 3 shown, for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, propylidene group, and the like.
X A2 is preferably a methylene group.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R A6 and R A7 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
v and w are preferably integers of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.

 ジアミン化合物(a3)としては、下記一般式(a3-1’)で示されるジアミン化合物が好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(式中、XA2、RA6、RA7、v及びwは、前記一般式(a3-1)中のものと同じであり、好ましい態様も同じである。) The diamine compound (a3) is preferably a diamine compound represented by the following general formula (a3-1 ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(In the formula, X A2 , R A6 , R A7 , v and w are the same as those in the general formula (a3-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.)

 ジアミン化合物(a3)としては、具体的には、例えば、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)プロパン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエタン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルチオエーテル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’,6,6’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジクロロ-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジブロモ-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’,6,6’-テトラメチルクロロ-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’,6,6’-テトラブロモ-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、安価であるという観点から、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタンが好ましく、溶剤への溶解性の観点から、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタンがより好ましい。 Specific examples of the diamine compound (a3) include 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylpropane, 2,2′-bis (4, 4'-diaminodiphenyl) propane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'- Diaminodiphenylethane, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylthioether, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diamino Diphenylmethane, 2,2 ', 6,6'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-di Loro-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3′-dibromo-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2 ′, 6,6′-tetramethylchloro-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2 Examples include ', 6,6'-tetrabromo-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane. Among these, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3′-diethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane are preferable from the viewpoint of inexpensiveness, and 4,4′- from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Diaminodiphenylmethane is more preferred.

 マレイミド化合物(a1)、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)の反応は、好ましくは有機溶媒の存在下、反応温度70~200℃で0.1~10時間反応させることにより実施することが好ましい。
 反応温度は、より好ましくは70~160℃、さらに好ましくは70~130℃、特に好ましくは80~120℃である。
 反応時間は、より好ましくは1~6時間、さらに好ましくは1~4時間である。
The reaction of the maleimide compound (a1), monoamine compound (a2) and diamine compound (a3) is preferably carried out by reacting at a reaction temperature of 70 to 200 ° C. for 0.1 to 10 hours in the presence of an organic solvent. preferable.
The reaction temperature is more preferably 70 to 160 ° C., further preferably 70 to 130 ° C., and particularly preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
The reaction time is more preferably 1 to 6 hours, still more preferably 1 to 4 hours.

(マレイミド化合物(a1)、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)の使用量)
 マレイミド化合物(a1)、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)の反応において、三者の使用量は、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)が有する第1級アミノ基当量[-NH基当量と記す]の総和と、マレイミド化合物(a1)のマレイミド基当量との関係が、下記式を満たすことが好ましい。
   0.1≦〔マレイミド基当量〕/〔-NH基当量の総和〕≦10
 〔マレイミド基当量〕/〔-NH基当量の総和〕を0.1以上とすることにより、ゲル化及び耐熱性が低下することがなく、また、10以下とすることにより、有機溶媒への溶解性、金属箔接着性及び耐熱性が低下することがないため、好ましい。
 同様の観点から、より好ましくは、
   1≦〔マレイミド基当量〕/〔-NH基当量の総和〕≦9 を満たし、より好ましくは、
   2≦〔マレイミド基当量〕/〔-NH基当量の総和〕≦8 を満たす。
(Use amount of maleimide compound (a1), monoamine compound (a2) and diamine compound (a3))
In the reaction of the maleimide compound (a1), the monoamine compound (a2) and the diamine compound (a3), the three amounts used are equivalent to the primary amino group equivalent [—NH] of the monoamine compound (a2) and the diamine compound (a3). It is preferable that the relationship between the sum of 2 group equivalents] and the maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide compound (a1) satisfies the following formula.
0.1 ≦ [maleimide group equivalent] / [-NH 2 group equivalent] ≦ 10
By setting [maleimide group equivalent] / [-NH 2 group equivalent total] to 0.1 or more, gelation and heat resistance do not decrease, and by setting it to 10 or less, Since solubility, metal foil adhesiveness, and heat resistance do not fall, it is preferable.
From the same viewpoint, more preferably,
1 ≦ [maleimide group equivalent] / [total sum of —NH 2 group equivalents] ≦ 9, more preferably
2 ≦ [maleimide group equivalent] / [total of —NH 2 group equivalent] ≦ 8.

(有機溶媒)
 前述の通り、マレイミド化合物(a1)、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)の反応は、有機溶媒中で行うことが好ましい。
 有機溶媒としては、当該反応に悪影響を及ぼさない限り特に制限はない。例えば、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、メチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等のアルコール系溶媒;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン系溶媒;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒;トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン等の芳香族系溶媒;ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミド系溶媒を包含する窒素原子含有溶媒;ジメチルスルホキシド等のスルホキシド系溶媒を包含する硫黄原子含有溶媒;酢酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン等のエステル系溶媒などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、溶解性の観点から、アルコール系溶媒、ケトン系溶媒、エステル系溶媒が好ましく、低毒性であるという観点から、シクロヘキサノン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブ、γ-ブチロラクトンがより好ましく、揮発性が高く、プリプレグの製造時に残溶剤として残り難いことも考慮すると、シクロヘキサノン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジメチルアセトアミドがさらに好ましく、ジメチルアセトアミドが特に好ましい。
 有機溶媒は、1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 有機溶媒の使用量に特に制限はないが、溶解性及び反応効率の観点から、マレイミド化合物(a1)、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは25~1,000質量部、より好ましくは40~700質量部、さらに好ましくは60~250質量部となるようにすればよい。マレイミド化合物(a1)、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)の合計100質量部に対して25質量部以上とすることによって溶解性を確保し易くなり、1,000質量部以下とすることによって、反応効率の大幅な低下を抑制し易い。
(Organic solvent)
As described above, the reaction of the maleimide compound (a1), the monoamine compound (a2), and the diamine compound (a3) is preferably performed in an organic solvent.
The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not adversely affect the reaction. For example, alcohol solvents such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; toluene, xylene, mesitylene Aromatic solvents such as dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, nitrogen atom-containing solvents including amide solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone; sulfur atom-containing solvents including sulfoxide solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide; ethyl acetate, γ- Examples thereof include ester solvents such as butyrolactone. Of these, alcohol solvents, ketone solvents, and ester solvents are preferable from the viewpoint of solubility, and cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, methyl cellosolve, and γ-butyrolactone are more preferable from the viewpoint of low toxicity. In view of the fact that it is highly soluble and hardly remains as a residual solvent during the production of the prepreg, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and dimethylacetamide are more preferable, and dimethylacetamide is particularly preferable.
An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the usage-amount of an organic solvent, Preferably it is 25 with respect to a total of 100 mass parts of a maleimide compound (a1), a monoamine compound (a2), and a diamine compound (a3) from a viewpoint of solubility and reaction efficiency. The amount may be ˜1,000 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 700 parts by mass, and still more preferably 60 to 250 parts by mass. By making it 25 parts by mass or more with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the maleimide compound (a1), monoamine compound (a2) and diamine compound (a3), it becomes easy to ensure solubility, and it should be 1,000 parts by mass or less. Therefore, it is easy to suppress a significant decrease in reaction efficiency.

(反応触媒)
 マレイミド化合物(a1)、モノアミン化合物(a2)及びジアミン化合物(a3)の反応は、必要に応じて、反応触媒の存在下に実施してもよい。反応触媒としては、例えば、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン、トリブチルアミン等のアミン系触媒;メチルイミダゾール、フェニルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール系触媒;トリフェニルホスフィン等のリン系触媒などが挙げられる。
 反応触媒は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 反応触媒の使用量に特に制限はないが、マレイミド化合物(a1)とモノアミン化合物(a2)の質量の総和100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.001~5質量部である。
(Reaction catalyst)
You may implement reaction of a maleimide compound (a1), a monoamine compound (a2), and a diamine compound (a3) in presence of a reaction catalyst as needed. Examples of the reaction catalyst include amine-based catalysts such as triethylamine, pyridine, and tributylamine; imidazole-based catalysts such as methylimidazole and phenylimidazole; and phosphorus-based catalysts such as triphenylphosphine.
A reaction catalyst may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The amount of the reaction catalyst used is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total mass of the maleimide compound (a1) and the monoamine compound (a2).

<(B)エポキシ樹脂>
 (B)成分はエポキシ樹脂(以下、エポキシ樹脂(B)と称することがある)であり、好ましくは1分子中に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ樹脂である。
 1分子中に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、グリシジルエーテルタイプのエポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミンタイプのエポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステルタイプのエポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、グリシジルエーテルタイプのエポキシ樹脂が好ましい。
 エポキシ樹脂(B)は、主骨格の違いによっても種々のエポキシ樹脂に分類され、上記それぞれのタイプのエポキシ樹脂において、さらに、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂等のビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂;ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、アルキルフェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトールアルキルフェノール共重合ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトールアラルキルクレゾール共重合ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールFノボラック型エポキシ樹脂等のノボラック型エポキシ樹脂;スチルベン型エポキシ樹脂;トリアジン骨格含有エポキシ樹脂;フルオレン骨格含有エポキシ樹脂;ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂;アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂;トリフェニルメタン型エポキシ樹脂;ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂;キシリレン型エポキシ樹脂;ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂等の脂環式エポキシ樹脂などに分類される。
 これらの中でも、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性の観点から、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及びジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、低熱膨張性及び高ガラス転移温度の観点から、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及びフェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種がより好ましく、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂がさらに好ましい。
 エポキシ樹脂(B)は、1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
<(B) Epoxy resin>
The component (B) is an epoxy resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an epoxy resin (B)), preferably an epoxy resin having at least two epoxy groups in one molecule.
Examples of the epoxy resin having at least two epoxy groups in one molecule include glycidyl ether type epoxy resins, glycidyl amine type epoxy resins, and glycidyl ester type epoxy resins. Among these, a glycidyl ether type epoxy resin is preferable.
The epoxy resin (B) is classified into various epoxy resins depending on the main skeleton, and in each of the above-mentioned types of epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, etc. Bisphenol type epoxy resin; biphenylaralkyl novolak type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, alkylphenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, naphthol alkylphenol copolymer novolak type epoxy resin, naphthol aralkyl cresol copolymer novolak type epoxy resin, Bisphenol A novolac epoxy resin, bisphenol F novolac epoxy resin and other novolac epoxy resins; stilbene epoxy Resin; Triazine skeleton-containing epoxy resin; Fluorene skeleton-containing epoxy resin; Naphthalene-type epoxy resin; Anthracene-type epoxy resin; Triphenylmethane-type epoxy resin; Biphenyl-type epoxy resin; Xylylene-type epoxy resin; Dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin It is classified into alicyclic epoxy resin.
Among these, from the viewpoint of high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesiveness, high glass transition temperature, low thermal expansion, moldability and plating rotation, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin Preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of cresol novolac type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenylaralkyl novolak type epoxy resin and dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, and low thermal expansion Cresol novolac type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl novolak type epoxy resin and phenol novolac type More preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy resin, more preferably a cresol novolak type epoxy resin.
An epoxy resin (B) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

 エポキシ樹脂(B)のエポキシ当量は、好ましくは100~500g/eq、より好ましくは120~400g/eq、さらに好ましくは140~300g/eq、特に好ましくは170~240g/eqである。
 ここで、エポキシ当量は、エポキシ基あたりの樹脂の質量(g/eq)であり、JIS K 7236(2001年)に規定された方法に従って測定することができる。具体的には、株式会社三菱ケミカルアナリテック製の自動滴定装置「GT-200型」を用いて、200mlビーカーにエポキシ樹脂2gを秤量し、メチルエチルケトン90mlを滴下し、超音波洗浄器溶解後、氷酢酸10ml及び臭化セチルトリメチルアンモニウム1.5gを添加し、0.1mol/Lの過塩素酸/酢酸溶液で滴定することにより求められる。
 エポキシ樹脂(B)の市販品としては、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂「EPICLON(登録商標)N-673」(DIC株式会社製、エポキシ当量;205~215g/eq)、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂「HP-4032」(三菱ケミカル株式会社製、エポキシ当量;152g/eq)、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂「YX-4000」(三菱ケミカル株式会社製、エポキシ当量;186g/eq)、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂「HP-7200H」(DIC株式会社製、エポキシ当量;280g/eq)等が挙げられる。なお、エポキシ当量は、その商品の製造会社のカタログに記載された値である。
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B) is preferably 100 to 500 g / eq, more preferably 120 to 400 g / eq, still more preferably 140 to 300 g / eq, and particularly preferably 170 to 240 g / eq.
Here, the epoxy equivalent is the mass of the resin per epoxy group (g / eq), and can be measured according to the method defined in JIS K 7236 (2001). Specifically, using an automatic titrator “GT-200 type” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech Co., Ltd., weigh 2 g of epoxy resin in a 200 ml beaker, drop 90 ml of methyl ethyl ketone, dissolve in an ultrasonic cleaner, It is obtained by adding 10 ml of acetic acid and 1.5 g of cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and titrating with a 0.1 mol / L perchloric acid / acetic acid solution.
As a commercially available product of the epoxy resin (B), a cresol novolac type epoxy resin “EPICLON (registered trademark) N-673” (manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 205 to 215 g / eq), a naphthalene type epoxy resin “HP-4032” (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 152 g / eq), biphenyl type epoxy resin “YX-4000” (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 186 g / eq), dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin “HP-7200H” (DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent; 280 g / eq) and the like. The epoxy equivalent is a value described in the catalog of the product manufacturer.

<(C)特定の共重合樹脂>
 (C)成分は、置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂(以下、共重合樹脂(C)と称することがある)である。置換ビニル化合物としては、例えば、芳香族ビニル化合物、脂肪族ビニル化合物、官能基置換ビニル化合物等が挙げられる。芳香族ビニル化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、1-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ジメチルスチレン等が挙げられる。脂肪族ビニル化合物としては、例えば、プロピレン、ブタジエン、イソブチレン等が挙げられる。官能基置換ビニル化合物としては、例えば、アクリロニトリル;メチルアクリレート、メチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、置換ビニル化合物としては、芳香族ビニル化合物が好ましく、スチレンがより好ましい。
 (C)成分としては、下記一般式(C-i)で表される構造単位と下記式(C-ii)で表される構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂が好ましい。
<(C) Specific copolymer resin>
Component (C) is a copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride (hereinafter sometimes referred to as copolymer resin (C)). Examples of the substituted vinyl compound include aromatic vinyl compounds, aliphatic vinyl compounds, and functional group-substituted vinyl compounds. Examples of the aromatic vinyl compound include styrene, 1-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, dimethylstyrene and the like. Examples of the aliphatic vinyl compound include propylene, butadiene, isobutylene and the like. Examples of the functional group-substituted vinyl compound include acrylonitrile; a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group such as methyl acrylate and methyl methacrylate.
Among these, as the substituted vinyl compound, an aromatic vinyl compound is preferable, and styrene is more preferable.
As the component (C), a copolymer resin having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (Ci) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (C-ii) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(式中、RC1は、水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、RC2は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、水酸基又は(メタ)アクリロイル基である。xは、0~3の整数である。但し、xが2又は3である場合、複数のRC2は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(Wherein R C1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R C2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms) An aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a (meth) acryloyl group, where x is an integer of 0 to 3, provided that when x is 2 or 3, a plurality of R C2 may be the same or different. May be.)

 RC1及びRC2が表す炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基等が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキル基である。
 RC2が表す炭素数2~5のアルケニル基としては、例えば、アリル基、クロチル基等が挙げられる。該アルケニル基としては、好ましくは炭素数3~5のアルケニル基、より好ましくは炭素数3又は4のアルケニル基である。
 RC2が表す炭素数6~20のアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、ビフェニリル基等が挙げられる。該アリール基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基、より好ましくは6~10のアリール基である。
 xは、好ましくは0又は1、より好ましくは0である。
 一般式(C-i)で表される構造単位においては、RC1が水素原子であり、xが0である下記一般式(C-i-1)で表される構造単位、つまりスチレンに由来する構造単位が好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R C1 and R C2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R C2 include an allyl group and a crotyl group. The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R C2 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and a biphenylyl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
x is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
In the structural unit represented by the general formula (Ci), R C1 is a hydrogen atom and x is 0, derived from the structural unit represented by the following general formula (Ci-1), that is, styrene The structural unit is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 共重合樹脂(C)中における、置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位の含有比率[置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位/無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位](モル比)は、好ましくは1~9、より好ましくは2~9、さらに好ましくは3~8、特に好ましくは3~7である。また、前記式(C-ii)で表される構造単位に対する前記一般式(C-i)で表される構造単位の含有比率[(C-i)/(C-ii)](モル比)も同様に、好ましくは1~9、より好ましくは2~9、さらに好ましくは3~8、特に好ましくは3~7である。これらのモル比が1以上、好ましくは2以上であれば、誘電特性の改善効果が十分となる傾向にあり、9以下であれば、相容性が良好となる傾向にある。
 共重合樹脂(C)中における、置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位との合計含有量、及び、一般式(C-i)で表される構造単位と式(C-ii)で表される構造単位との合計含有量は、それぞれ、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは70質量%以上、さらに好ましくは90質量%以上、特に好ましくは実質的に100質量%である。
 共重合樹脂(C)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは4,500~18,000、より好ましくは5,000~18,000、より好ましくは6,000~17,000、さらに好ましくは8,000~16,000、特に好ましくは8,000~15,000、最も好ましくは9,000~13,000である。
Content ratio of the structural unit derived from the substituted vinyl compound and the structural unit derived from maleic anhydride in the copolymer resin (C) [structural unit derived from the substituted vinyl compound / structural unit derived from maleic anhydride] (mol) The ratio is preferably from 1 to 9, more preferably from 2 to 9, even more preferably from 3 to 8, particularly preferably from 3 to 7. The content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (Ci) to the structural unit represented by the formula (C-ii) [(Ci) / (Cii)] (molar ratio) Similarly, it is preferably 1 to 9, more preferably 2 to 9, further preferably 3 to 8, and particularly preferably 3 to 7. If the molar ratio is 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, the effect of improving the dielectric properties tends to be sufficient, and if it is 9 or less, the compatibility tends to be good.
The total content of the structural unit derived from the substituted vinyl compound and the structural unit derived from maleic anhydride in the copolymer resin (C), and the structural unit represented by the general formula (Ci) and the formula ( The total content of the structural unit represented by C-ii) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably substantially 100% by mass. %.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer resin (C) is preferably 4,500 to 18,000, more preferably 5,000 to 18,000, more preferably 6,000 to 17,000, still more preferably. It is 8,000 to 16,000, particularly preferably 8,000 to 15,000, most preferably 9,000 to 13,000.

 なお、スチレンと無水マレイン酸の共重合樹脂を用いることによりエポキシ樹脂を低誘電率化する手法は、プリント配線板用材料に適用すると基材への含浸性及び銅箔ピール強度が不十分となるため、一般的には避けられる傾向にある。そのため、前記共重合樹脂(C)を用いることも一般的には避けられる傾向にあるが、本発明は、前記共重合樹脂(C)を用いながらも、前記(A)成分及び(B)成分を含有させることにより、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度及び低熱膨張性を有し、且つ成形性及びめっき付き回り性に優れる熱硬化性樹脂組成物となることが判明して成し遂げられたものである。 In addition, the technique for lowering the dielectric constant of an epoxy resin by using a copolymer resin of styrene and maleic anhydride, when applied to a printed wiring board material, results in insufficient impregnation into the substrate and copper foil peel strength. Therefore, it generally tends to be avoided. For this reason, the use of the copolymer resin (C) generally tends to be avoided, but the present invention uses the copolymer resin (C) while the components (A) and (B). And a thermosetting resin composition having high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion, high glass transition temperature and low thermal expansion, and excellent moldability and plating-around properties. It was discovered and accomplished.

(共重合樹脂(C)の製造方法)
 共重合樹脂(C)は、置換ビニル化合物と無水マレイン酸とを共重合することにより製造することができる。
 置換ビニル化合物は、前述の通りである。置換ビニル化合物は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。さらに、前記置換ビニル化合物及び無水マレイン酸以外にも、各種の重合可能な成分を共重合させてもよい。
 また、該置換ビニル化合物、特に芳香族ビニル化合物に、フリーデル・クラフツ反応、又はリチウム等の金属系触媒を用いた反応を通じて、アリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、ヒドロキシ基等の置換基を導入してもよい。
(Method for producing copolymer resin (C))
The copolymer resin (C) can be produced by copolymerizing a substituted vinyl compound and maleic anhydride.
The substituted vinyl compound is as described above. A substituted vinyl compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In addition to the substituted vinyl compound and maleic anhydride, various polymerizable components may be copolymerized.
In addition, substituents such as allyl groups, methacryloyl groups, acryloyl groups, and hydroxy groups are introduced into the substituted vinyl compounds, particularly aromatic vinyl compounds, through Friedel-Crafts reactions or reactions using metal catalysts such as lithium. May be.

 共重合樹脂(C)としては、市販品を用いることもできる。市販品としては、例えば、「SMA(登録商標)1000」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=1、Mw=5,000)、「SMA(登録商標)EF30」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=3、Mw=9,500)、「SMA(登録商標)EF40」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=4、Mw=11,000)、「SMA(登録商標)EF60」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=6、Mw=11,500)、「SMA(登録商標)EF80」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=8、Mw=14,400)[以上、CRAY VALLEY社製]等が挙げられる。 Commercial products can also be used as the copolymer resin (C). Examples of commercially available products include “SMA (registered trademark) 1000” (styrene / maleic anhydride = 1, Mw = 5,000), “SMA (registered trademark) EF30” (styrene / maleic anhydride = 3, Mw = 9,500), "SMA (registered trademark) EF40" (styrene / maleic anhydride = 4, Mw = 11,000), "SMA (registered trademark) EF60" (styrene / maleic anhydride = 6, Mw = 11, 500), “SMA (registered trademark) EF80” (styrene / maleic anhydride = 8, Mw = 14,400) [above, manufactured by CRAY VALLEY Co., Ltd.].

<(D)アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ>
 (D)成分として、シリカの中でも、アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ(以下、アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ(D)と称することがある)を用いると、低熱膨張性が向上するという効果以外に、前記(A)~(C)成分との密着性が向上することによりシリカの脱落が抑制されるため、過剰なデスミアによるレーザビア形状の変形等を抑制する効果が得られるために好ましい。
<(D) Silica Treated with Aminosilane Coupling Agent>
As the component (D), among silicas, when silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as silica (D) treated with an aminosilane coupling agent) is used, low thermal expansibility is obtained. In addition to the effect of improving, since the drop-off of silica is suppressed by improving the adhesion with the components (A) to (C), the effect of suppressing deformation of the laser via shape due to excessive desmear can be obtained. Therefore, it is preferable.

 アミノシラン系カップリング剤としては、具体的には、下記一般式(D-1)で表されるケイ素含有基と、アミノ基とを有するシランカップリング剤が好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(式中、RD1は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基又は炭素数2~4のアシル基である。yは、0~3の整数である。) Specifically, the aminosilane coupling agent is preferably a silane coupling agent having a silicon-containing group represented by the following general formula (D-1) and an amino group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(Wherein R D1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Y is an integer of 0 to 3)

 RD1が表す炭素数1~3のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、メチル基が好ましい。
 RD1が表す炭素数2~4のアシル基としては、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、アクリル基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、アセチル基が好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms represented by R D1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, and an isopropyl group. Among these, a methyl group is preferable.
Examples of the acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms represented by RD1 include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and an acrylic group. Among these, an acetyl group is preferable.

 アミノシラン系カップリング剤は、アミノ基を1つ有していてもよいし、2つ有していてもよいし、3つ以上有していてもよいが、通常は、アミノ基を1つ又は2つ有する。
 アミノ基を1つ有するアミノシラン系カップリング剤としては、例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-トリエトキシシリル-N-(1,3-ジメチル-ブチリデン)プロピルアミン、2-プロピニル[3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル]カルバメート等が挙げられるが、特にこれらに制限されるものではない。
 アミノ基を2つ有するアミノシラン系カップリング剤としては、例えば、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、1-[3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル]ウレア、1-[3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル]ウレア等が挙げられるが、特にこれらに制限されるものではない。
The aminosilane coupling agent may have one amino group, two amino groups, or three or more, but usually one amino group or Have two.
Examples of aminosilane coupling agents having one amino group include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl- Examples thereof include N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylidene) propylamine and 2-propynyl [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] carbamate, but are not particularly limited thereto.
Examples of aminosilane coupling agents having two amino groups include N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, Examples include 1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] urea and 1- [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] urea, but are not particularly limited thereto.

 アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ(D)の代わりに、(D)成分以外の無機充填材として、例えば、エポキシシラン系カップリング剤、フェニルシラン系カップリング剤、アルキルシラン系カップリング剤、アルケニルシラン系カップリング剤、アルキニルシラン系カップリング剤、ハロアルキルシラン系カップリング剤、シロキサン系カップリング剤、ヒドロシラン系カップリング剤、シラザン系カップリング剤、アルコキシシラン系カップリング剤、クロロシラン系カップリング剤、(メタ)アクリルシラン系カップリング剤、アミノシラン系カップリング剤、イソシアヌレートシラン系カップリング剤、ウレイドシラン系カップリング剤、メルカプトシラン系カップリング剤、スルフィドシラン系カップリング剤又はイソシアネートシラン系カップリング剤等で処理されたシリカ;表面処理されていないシリカなどを用いることもできるが、前記効果の観点から、アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ(D)を用いることが好ましい。
 また、アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ(D)と、上記したその他のカップリング剤で処理されたシリカとを併用してもよい。この場合、特に制限されるものではないが、その他のカップリング剤で処理されたシリカの含有量は、アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ(D)100質量部に対して、好ましくは50質量部以下、より好ましくは30質量部以下、さらに好ましくは15質量部以下、特に好ましくは10質量部以下、最も好ましくは5質量部以下である。
Instead of silica (D) treated with an aminosilane coupling agent, as an inorganic filler other than the component (D), for example, an epoxysilane coupling agent, a phenylsilane coupling agent, an alkylsilane coupling agent Alkenyl silane coupling agents, alkynyl silane coupling agents, haloalkyl silane coupling agents, siloxane coupling agents, hydrosilane coupling agents, silazane coupling agents, alkoxy silane coupling agents, chlorosilane cups Ring agent, (meth) acryl silane coupling agent, amino silane coupling agent, isocyanurate silane coupling agent, ureido silane coupling agent, mercapto silane coupling agent, sulfide silane coupling agent or Silica treated with a socyanate silane coupling agent or the like; Silica that has not been surface-treated can be used, but from the viewpoint of the above effect, silica (D) treated with an aminosilane coupling agent is used. Is preferred.
Moreover, you may use together the silica (D) processed with the aminosilane type coupling agent, and the silica processed with the above-mentioned other coupling agent. In this case, although not particularly limited, the content of silica treated with another coupling agent is preferably 50 with respect to 100 parts by mass of silica (D) treated with an aminosilane coupling agent. It is at most 30 parts by mass, more preferably at most 15 parts by mass, particularly preferably at most 10 parts by mass, most preferably at most 5 parts by mass.

 前記シリカとしては、例えば、湿式法で製造され含水率の高い沈降シリカと、乾式法で製造され結合水等をほとんど含まない乾式法シリカが挙げられる。乾式法シリカとしては、さらに、製造法の違いにより、破砕シリカ、フュームドシリカ、溶融シリカ(溶融球状シリカ)が挙げられる。シリカは、低熱膨張性及び樹脂に充填した際の高流動性の観点から、溶融シリカが好ましい。
 該シリカの平均粒子径に特に制限はないが、0.1~10μmが好ましく、0.1~6μmがより好ましく、0.1~3μmがさらに好ましく、1~3μmが特に好ましい。シリカの平均粒子径を0.1μm以上にすることで、高充填した際の流動性を良好に保つことができ、また、10μm以下にすることで、粗大粒子の混入確率を減らして粗大粒子に起因する不良の発生を抑えることができる。ここで、平均粒子径とは、粒子の全体積を100%として粒子径による累積度数分布曲線を求めた時、体積50%に相当する点の粒子径のことであり、レーザー回折散乱法を用いた粒度分布測定装置等で測定することができる。
 また、該シリカの比表面積は、好ましくは4cm/g以上、より好ましくは4~9cm/g、さらに好ましくは5~7cm/gである。
Examples of the silica include precipitated silica produced by a wet method and having a high water content, and dry method silica produced by a dry method and containing almost no bound water or the like. Examples of the dry process silica include crushed silica, fumed silica, and fused silica (fused spherical silica) depending on the production method. Silica is preferably fused silica from the viewpoint of low thermal expansibility and high fluidity when filled in a resin.
The average particle diameter of the silica is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 6 μm, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 μm. By making the average particle diameter of silica 0.1 μm or more, the fluidity at the time of high filling can be kept good, and by making it 10 μm or less, the mixing probability of coarse particles is reduced to make coarse particles. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of defects due to it. Here, the average particle diameter is a particle diameter at a point corresponding to a volume of 50% when the cumulative frequency distribution curve by the particle diameter is obtained with the total volume of the particles being 100%, and a laser diffraction scattering method is used. It can be measured with a particle size distribution measuring device.
The specific surface area of the silica is preferably 4 cm 2 / g or more, more preferably 4 to 9 cm 2 / g, still more preferably 5 to 7 cm 2 / g.

<(E)硬化剤>
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]は、さらに、(E)成分として硬化剤(以下、硬化剤(E)と称することがある)を含有してもよい。硬化剤(E)としては、ジシアンジアミド;エチレンジアミン、ジエチレントリアミン、トリエチレンテトラミン、テトラエチレンペンタミン、ヘキサメチレンジアミン、ジエチルアミノプロピルアミン、テトラメチルグアニジン、トリエタノールアミン等の、ジシアンジアミドを除く鎖状脂肪族アミン;イソホロンジアミン、ジアミノジシクロヘキシルメタン、ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-メチルジシクロヘキシル)メタン、N-アミノエチルピペラジン、3,9-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ[5.5]ウンデカン等の環状脂肪族アミン;キシレンジアミン、フェニレンジアミン、ジアミノジフェニルメタン、ジアミノジフェニルスルホン等の芳香族アミンなどが挙げられる。これらの中でも、金属箔接着性及び低熱膨張性の観点から、ジシアンジアミドが好ましい。
 該ジシアンジアミドは、HN-C(=NH)-NH-CNで表され、融点は通常、205~215℃、より純度の高いものでは207~212℃である。ジシアンジアミドは、結晶性物質であり、斜方状晶であってもよいし、板状晶であってもよい。ジシアンジアミドは、純度98%以上のものが好ましく、純度99%以上のものがより好ましく、純度99.4%以上のものがさらに好ましい。ジシアンジアミドとしては、市販品を使用することができ、例えば、日本カーバイド工業株式会社製、東京化成工業株式会社製、キシダ化学株式会社製、ナカライテスク株式会社製等の市販品を使用することができる。
<(E) Curing agent>
The thermosetting resin composition [I] may further contain a curing agent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a curing agent (E)) as the component (E). Examples of the curing agent (E) include dicyandiamide; chain aliphatic amines other than dicyandiamide, such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, hexamethylenediamine, diethylaminopropylamine, tetramethylguanidine, and triethanolamine; Isophoronediamine, diaminodicyclohexylmethane, bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis (4-amino-3-methyldicyclohexyl) methane, N-aminoethylpiperazine, 3,9-bis (3-aminopropyl) -2,4,8 , 10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5] undecane and other cyclic aliphatic amines; xylenediamine, phenylenediamine, diaminodiphenylmethane, diaminodiphenylsulfone and other aromatic amines And the like. Among these, dicyandiamide is preferable from the viewpoints of metal foil adhesion and low thermal expansion.
The dicyandiamide is represented by H 2 N—C (═NH) —NH—CN, and the melting point is usually 205 to 215 ° C., and higher purity is 207 to 212 ° C. Dicyandiamide is a crystalline substance and may be orthorhombic or plate-like. Dicyandiamide preferably has a purity of 98% or more, more preferably has a purity of 99% or more, and still more preferably has a purity of 99.4% or more. As dicyandiamide, commercially available products can be used. For example, commercially available products such as those manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Kishida Chemical Co., Ltd., and Nacalai Tesque Co., Ltd. can be used. .

<(F)難燃剤>
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]は、さらに、(F)成分として難燃剤(以下、難燃剤(F)と称することがある)を含有してもよい。ここで、前記硬化剤の中でもジシアンジアミド等は難燃剤としての効果も有するが、本発明においては、硬化剤として機能し得るものは硬化剤に分類し、(F)成分には包含されないこととする。
 難燃剤としては、例えば、臭素や塩素を含有する含ハロゲン系難燃剤;リン系難燃剤;スルファミン酸グアニジン、硫酸メラミン、ポリリン酸メラミン、メラミンシアヌレート等の窒素系難燃剤;シクロホスファゼン、ポリホスファゼン等のホスファゼン系難燃剤;三酸化アンチモン等の無機系難燃剤などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、リン系難燃剤が好ましい。
 リン系難燃剤としては、無機系のリン系難燃剤と、有機系のリン系難燃剤がある。
 無機系のリン系難燃剤としては、例えば、赤リン;リン酸一アンモニウム、リン酸二アンモニウム、リン酸三アンモニウム、ポリリン酸アンモニウム等のリン酸アンモニウム;リン酸アミド等の無機系含窒素リン化合物;リン酸;ホスフィンオキシドなどが挙げられる。
 有機系のリン系難燃剤としては、例えば、芳香族リン酸エステル、1置換ホスホン酸ジエステル、2置換ホスフィン酸エステル、2置換ホスフィン酸の金属塩、有機系含窒素リン化合物、環状有機リン化合物、リン含有フェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、芳香族リン酸エステル、2置換ホスフィン酸の金属塩が好ましい。ここで、金属塩としては、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アルミニウム塩、チタン塩、亜鉛塩のいずれかであることが好ましく、アルミニウム塩であることが好ましい。また、有機系のリン系難燃剤の中では、芳香族リン酸エステルがより好ましい。
<(F) Flame retardant>
The thermosetting resin composition [I] may further contain a flame retardant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a flame retardant (F)) as the component (F). Here, among the curing agents, dicyandiamide and the like also have an effect as a flame retardant, but in the present invention, those that can function as a curing agent are classified as curing agents and are not included in the component (F). .
Examples of the flame retardant include halogen-containing flame retardants containing bromine and chlorine; phosphorus flame retardants; nitrogen flame retardants such as guanidine sulfamate, melamine sulfate, melamine polyphosphate and melamine cyanurate; cyclophosphazene and polyphosphazene And phosphazene flame retardants such as inorganic flame retardants such as antimony trioxide. Among these, a phosphorus flame retardant is preferable.
Examples of the phosphorus flame retardant include an inorganic phosphorus flame retardant and an organic phosphorus flame retardant.
Examples of inorganic phosphorus flame retardants include red phosphorus; ammonium phosphates such as monoammonium phosphate, diammonium phosphate, triammonium phosphate and ammonium polyphosphate; inorganic nitrogen-containing phosphorus compounds such as phosphate amides Phosphoric acid; phosphine oxide and the like.
Examples of organic phosphorus flame retardants include aromatic phosphate esters, monosubstituted phosphonic acid diesters, disubstituted phosphinic acid esters, disubstituted phosphinic acid metal salts, organic nitrogen-containing phosphorus compounds, cyclic organophosphorus compounds, Examples thereof include phosphorus-containing phenol resins. Among these, aromatic phosphate esters and metal salts of disubstituted phosphinic acids are preferred. Here, the metal salt is preferably any one of a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a calcium salt, a magnesium salt, an aluminum salt, a titanium salt, and a zinc salt, and preferably an aluminum salt. Among organic phosphorus flame retardants, aromatic phosphates are more preferable.

 芳香族リン酸エステルとしては、例えば、トリフェニルホスフェート、トリクレジルホスフェート、トリキシレニルホスフェート、クレジルジフェニルホスフェート、クレジルジ-2,6-キシレニルホスフェート、レゾルシノールビス(ジフェニルホスフェート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(ジ-2,6-キシレニルホスフェート)、ビスフェノールA-ビス(ジフェニルホスフェート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(ジフェニルホスフェート)等が挙げられる。
 1置換ホスホン酸ジエステルとしては、例えば、フェニルホスホン酸ジビニル、フェニルホスホン酸ジアリル、フェニルホスホン酸ビス(1-ブテニル)等が挙げられる。
 2置換ホスフィン酸エステルとしては、例えば、ジフェニルホスフィン酸フェニル、ジフェニルホスフィン酸メチル等が挙げられる。
 2置換ホスフィン酸の金属塩としては、例えば、ジアルキルホスフィン酸の金属塩、ジアリルホスフィン酸の金属塩、ジビニルホスフィン酸の金属塩、ジアリールホスフィン酸の金属塩等が挙げられる。これら金属塩は、前述の通り、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アルミニウム塩、チタン塩、亜鉛塩のいずれかであることが好ましい。
 有機系含窒素リン化合物としては、例えば、ビス(2-アリルフェノキシ)ホスファゼン、ジクレジルホスファゼン等のホスファゼン化合物;リン酸メラミン、ピロリン酸メラミン、ポリリン酸メラミン、ポリリン酸メラム等が挙げられる。
 環状有機リン化合物としては、例えば、9,10-ジヒドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナントレン-10-オキシド、10-(2,5-ジヒドロキシフェニル)-9,10-ジヒドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナントレン-10-オキシド等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、芳香族リン酸エステル、2置換ホスフィン酸の金属塩及び環状有機リン化合物から選択される少なくとも1種類が好ましく、芳香族リン酸エステルがより好ましい。
Examples of the aromatic phosphate ester include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, trixylenyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, cresyl di-2,6-xylenyl phosphate, resorcinol bis (diphenyl phosphate), 1,3 -Phenylenebis (di-2,6-xylenyl phosphate), bisphenol A-bis (diphenyl phosphate), 1,3-phenylenebis (diphenyl phosphate) and the like.
Examples of monosubstituted phosphonic acid diesters include divinyl phenylphosphonate, diallyl phenylphosphonate, and bis (1-butenyl) phenylphosphonate.
Examples of the disubstituted phosphinic acid ester include phenyl diphenylphosphinate and methyl diphenylphosphinate.
Examples of the metal salt of disubstituted phosphinic acid include a metal salt of dialkylphosphinic acid, a metal salt of diallylphosphinic acid, a metal salt of divinylphosphinic acid, a metal salt of diarylphosphinic acid, and the like. As described above, these metal salts are preferably any of lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, aluminum salt, titanium salt, and zinc salt.
Examples of the organic nitrogen-containing phosphorus compound include phosphazene compounds such as bis (2-allylphenoxy) phosphazene and dicresyl phosphazene; melamine phosphate, melamine pyrophosphate, melamine polyphosphate, melam polyphosphate, and the like.
Examples of the cyclic organophosphorus compound include 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, 10- (2,5-dihydroxyphenyl) -9,10-dihydro-9-oxa- And 10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide.
Among these, at least one selected from an aromatic phosphate ester, a metal salt of a disubstituted phosphinic acid and a cyclic organic phosphorus compound is preferable, and an aromatic phosphate ester is more preferable.

 また、前記芳香族リン酸エステルは、下記一般式(F-1)もしくは(F-2)で表される芳香族リン酸エステルであることが好ましく、前記2置換ホスフィン酸の金属塩は、下記一般式(F-3)で表される2置換ホスフィン酸の金属塩であることが好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
The aromatic phosphate is preferably an aromatic phosphate represented by the following general formula (F-1) or (F-2), and the metal salt of the disubstituted phosphinic acid is: A metal salt of a disubstituted phosphinic acid represented by the general formula (F-3) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(式中、RF1~RF5は各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はハロゲン原子である。e及びfは各々独立に0~5の整数であり、g、h及びiは各々独立に0~4の整数である。
 RF6及びRF7は各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素数6~14のアリール基である。Mは、リチウム原子、ナトリウム原子、カリウム原子、カルシウム原子、マグネシウム原子、アルミニウム原子、チタン原子、亜鉛原子である。jは、1~4の整数である。)
(Wherein R F1 to R F5 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. E and f are each independently an integer of 0 to 5, and g, h and i are each It is an integer of 0 to 4 independently.
R F6 and R F7 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. M is a lithium atom, a sodium atom, a potassium atom, a calcium atom, a magnesium atom, an aluminum atom, a titanium atom, or a zinc atom. j is an integer of 1 to 4. )

 RF1~RF5が表す炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基等が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキル基である。RF1~RF5が表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子等が挙げられる。
 e及びfは、0~2の整数が好ましく、2がより好ましい。g、h及びiは、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましく、0がさらに好ましい。
 RF6及びRF7が表す炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、RF1~RF5の場合と同じものが挙げられる。
 RF6及びRF7が表す炭素数6~14のアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニリル基、アントリル基等が挙げられる。該芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましい。
 jは金属イオンの価数と等しく、つまり、Mの種類に対応して1~4の範囲内で変化する。
 Mとしては、アルミニウム原子が好ましい。なお、Mがアルミニウム原子である場合、jは3である。
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R F1 to R F5 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Examples of the halogen atom represented by R F1 to R F5 include a fluorine atom.
e and f are preferably integers of 0 to 2, and more preferably 2. g, h and i are preferably integers of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R F6 and R F7 include the same groups as in R F1 to R F5 .
Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms represented by R F6 and R F7 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenylyl group, and an anthryl group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
j is equal to the valence of the metal ion, that is, varies within the range of 1 to 4 corresponding to the type of M.
M is preferably an aluminum atom. In addition, j is 3 when M is an aluminum atom.

(熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]の各成分の含有量)
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]中、(A)~(D)成分の含有量は、特に制限されるわけではないが、(A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して、(A)成分が15~65質量部、(B)成分が15~50質量部、(C)成分が10~45質量部、(D)成分が30~70質量部であることが好ましい。
 (A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して(A)成分が15質量部以上であることにより、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高ガラス転移温度及び低熱膨張性が得られる傾向にある。一方、65質量部以下であることにより、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]の流動性及び成形性が良好となる傾向にある。
 (A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して(B)成分が15質量部以上であることにより、高耐熱性、高ガラス転移温度及び低熱膨張性が得られる傾向にある。一方、50質量部以下であることにより、高耐熱性、低比誘電率、高ガラス転移温度及び低熱膨張性となる傾向にある。
 (A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して(C)成分が10質量部以上であることにより、高耐熱性及び低比誘電率が得られる傾向にある。一方、45質量部以下であることにより、高耐熱性、高金属箔接着性及び低熱膨張性が得られる傾向にある。
 (A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して(D)成分が30質量部以上であることにより、優れた低熱膨張性が得られる傾向にある。一方、70質量部以下であることにより、耐熱性が得られ、且つ熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]の流動性及び成形性が良好となる傾向にある。
(Content of each component of thermosetting resin composition [I])
In the thermosetting resin composition [I], the content of the components (A) to (D) is not particularly limited, but with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (A) to (C), The component (A) is preferably 15 to 65 parts by mass, the component (B) is 15 to 50 parts by mass, the component (C) is 10 to 45 parts by mass, and the component (D) is preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass.
When the component (A) is 15 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (A) to (C), high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high glass transition temperature and low thermal expansion can be obtained. There is a tendency. On the other hand, when it is 65 parts by mass or less, the fluidity and moldability of the thermosetting resin composition [I] tend to be good.
When the component (B) is 15 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total of the components (A) to (C), high heat resistance, high glass transition temperature and low thermal expansion tend to be obtained. On the other hand, when it is 50 parts by mass or less, it tends to be high heat resistance, low relative dielectric constant, high glass transition temperature, and low thermal expansion.
When the component (C) is 10 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (A) to (C), high heat resistance and a low relative dielectric constant tend to be obtained. On the other hand, when the amount is 45 parts by mass or less, high heat resistance, high metal foil adhesion, and low thermal expansion tend to be obtained.
When component (D) is 30 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total of components (A) to (C), excellent low thermal expansion tends to be obtained. On the other hand, when it is 70 parts by mass or less, heat resistance is obtained, and the fluidity and moldability of the thermosetting resin composition [I] tend to be good.

 また、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]に(E)成分を含有させる場合、その含有量は、(A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して、0.5~6質量部であることが好ましい。
 (A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して(E)成分が0.5質量部以上であることにより、高金属箔接着性及び優れた低熱膨張性が得られる傾向にある。一方、6質量部以下であることにより、高耐熱性が得られる傾向にある。
Further, when the component (E) is contained in the thermosetting resin composition [I], the content thereof is 0.5 to 6 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total of the components (A) to (C). It is preferable that
When the component (E) is 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total of the components (A) to (C), high metal foil adhesion and excellent low thermal expansion tend to be obtained. On the other hand, when it is 6 parts by mass or less, high heat resistance tends to be obtained.

 また、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]に(F)成分を含有させる場合、その含有量は、難燃性の観点から、(A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~20質量部、より好ましくは0.5~10質量部である。特に、(F)成分としてリン系難燃剤を用いる場合、難燃性の観点から、(A)~(C)成分の総和100質量部に対して、リン原子含有率が0.1~3質量部となる量が好ましく、0.2~3質量部となる量がより好ましく、0.5~3質量部となる量がさらに好ましい。 In addition, when the component (F) is contained in the thermosetting resin composition [I], the content is from the viewpoint of flame retardancy, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (A) to (C). The amount is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass. In particular, when a phosphorus-based flame retardant is used as the component (F), from the viewpoint of flame retardancy, the phosphorus atom content is 0.1 to 3 masses per 100 mass parts of the total of the components (A) to (C). Is preferably 0.2 to 3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 3 parts by mass.

(その他の成分)
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]には、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で必要に応じて、添加剤及び有機溶剤等のその他の成分を含有させることができる。これらは1種を単独で含有させてもよいし、2種以上を含有させてもよい。
(Other ingredients)
The thermosetting resin composition [I] can contain other components such as an additive and an organic solvent as needed within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. These may contain 1 type independently, and may contain 2 or more types.

(添加剤)
 添加剤としては、例えば、前記(D)成分以外の無機充填材、硬化促進剤、着色剤、酸化防止剤、還元剤、紫外線吸収剤、蛍光増白剤、密着性向上剤、有機充填剤等が挙げられる。これらは1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(Additive)
Examples of additives include inorganic fillers other than the component (D), curing accelerators, colorants, antioxidants, reducing agents, ultraviolet absorbers, fluorescent brighteners, adhesion improvers, organic fillers, and the like. Is mentioned. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.

(有機溶剤)
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]は、希釈することによって取り扱いを容易にするという観点及び後述するプリプレグを製造し易くする観点から、有機溶剤を含有してもよい。本明細書では、有機溶剤を含有させた熱硬化性樹脂組成物を、樹脂ワニスと称することがある。
 該有機溶剤としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル等のアルコール系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン等の芳香族系溶剤;ホルムアミド、N-メチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド及びN-メチルピロリドン等のアミド系溶剤を含む、窒素原子含有溶剤;ジメチルスルホキシド等のスルホキシド系溶剤を含む硫黄原子含有溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテート、ブトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、酢酸エチル等のエステル系溶剤などが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、溶解性の観点から、アルコール系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、窒素原子含有溶剤が好ましく、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルがより好ましく、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトンがさらに好ましく、メチルエチルケトンが特に好ましい。
 有機溶剤は、1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(Organic solvent)
The thermosetting resin composition [I] may contain an organic solvent from the viewpoint of facilitating handling by dilution and easy manufacture of a prepreg described later. In this specification, the thermosetting resin composition containing an organic solvent may be referred to as a resin varnish.
The organic solvent is not particularly limited. For example, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, triethylene glycol, Alcohol solvents such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran ; Aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene; Form Nitrogen-containing solvents including amide solvents such as amide, N-methylformamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; sulfur atoms including sulfoxide solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide Solvent; ester solvents such as methoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate, butoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl acetate and the like.
Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility, alcohol solvents, ketone solvents, and nitrogen atom-containing solvents are preferable, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl cellosolve, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether are more preferable, and methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone are preferable. More preferred is methyl ethyl ketone.
An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I](樹脂ワニス)における有機溶剤の含有量は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]の取り扱いが容易になる程度に適宜調整すればよく、また、樹脂ワニスの塗工性が良好となる範囲であれば特に制限はないが、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]由来の固形分濃度(有機溶剤以外の成分の濃度)が好ましくは30~90質量%、より好ましくは40~80質量%、さらに好ましくは50~80質量%となるようにする。 The content of the organic solvent in the thermosetting resin composition [I] (resin varnish) may be appropriately adjusted to such an extent that the thermosetting resin composition [I] can be easily handled. The solid content concentration (concentration of components other than the organic solvent) derived from the thermosetting resin composition [I] is preferably 30 to 90% by mass, and more preferably, as long as the workability is in the range. Is 40 to 80% by mass, more preferably 50 to 80% by mass.

 次に、エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]が含有する各成分について詳細に説明する。なお、前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]との重複を避けるために、エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]が含有する(A)マレイミド化合物を含有していなくてもよいが、特にその態様に限定されるものではなく、前記(A)マレイミド化合物を含有していてもよい。 Next, each component contained in the epoxy resin composition [II] will be described in detail. In order to avoid duplication with the thermosetting resin composition [I], the epoxy resin composition [II] contains the (A) maleimide compound contained in the thermosetting resin composition [I]. However, the present invention is not particularly limited to this embodiment, and may contain the (A) maleimide compound.

<(G)エポキシ樹脂>
 エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]が含有する(G)エポキシ樹脂としては、前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]中の(B)エポキシ樹脂と同じものが挙げられ、同様に説明される。それらの中でも、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及びジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、低熱膨張性及び高ガラス転移温度の観点から、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及びフェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種がより好ましく、ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂がさらに好ましい。
<(G) Epoxy resin>
As (G) epoxy resin which epoxy resin composition [II] contains, the same thing as (B) epoxy resin in the said thermosetting resin composition [I] is mentioned, It demonstrates similarly. Among them, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl novolak type epoxy resin and dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin At least one selected from the group consisting of: cresol novolak type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl novolak type from the viewpoint of low thermal expansion and high glass transition temperature More preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of epoxy resins and phenol novolac type epoxy resins, biphenylaralkyl novolac type epoxy Fat is more preferable.

<(H)エポキシ樹脂硬化剤>
 エポキシ樹脂硬化剤としては、例えば、各種フェノール樹脂化合物、酸無水物化合物、アミン化合物、ヒドラジット化合物等が挙げられる。フェノール樹脂化合物としては、例えば、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、レゾール型フェノール樹脂等が挙げられ、酸無水物化合物としては、例えば、無水フタル酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、メチルハイミック酸等が挙げられる。また、アミン化合物としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド、ジアミノジフェニルメタン、グアニル尿素等が挙げられる。
 これらのエポキシ樹脂硬化剤の中でも、信頼性を向上させる観点から、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂が好ましく、クレゾールノボラック樹脂がより好ましい。
<(H) Epoxy resin curing agent>
Examples of the epoxy resin curing agent include various phenol resin compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amine compounds, hydragit compounds, and the like. Examples of the phenol resin compound include novolak type phenol resins and resol type phenol resins. Examples of the acid anhydride compound include phthalic anhydride, benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, methyl hymic acid, and the like. It is done. Examples of the amine compound include dicyandiamide, diaminodiphenylmethane, and guanylurea.
Among these epoxy resin curing agents, from the viewpoint of improving reliability, a novolac type phenol resin is preferable, and a cresol novolac resin is more preferable.

 ノボラック型フェノール樹脂は、市販品を用いてよく、例えば、「TD2090」(DIC株式会社製、商品名)等のフェノールノボラック樹脂、「KA-1165」(DIC株式会社製、商品名)等のクレゾールノボラック樹脂などが挙げられる。また、例えば、「フェノライトLA-1356」(DIC株式会社製、商品名)、「フェノライトLA7050シリーズ」(DIC株式会社製、商品名)等のトリアジン環含有ノボラック型フェノール樹脂の市販品が挙げられ、例えば、「フェノライトLA-3018」(DIC株式会社製、商品名)等のトリアジン含有クレゾールノボラック樹脂が挙げられる。 As the novolac type phenol resin, a commercially available product may be used, for example, a phenol novolac resin such as “TD2090” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), or a cresol such as “KA-1165” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation). Examples thereof include novolac resin. Further, for example, commercially available products of triazine ring-containing novolac type phenol resins such as “Phenolite LA-1356” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), “Phenolite LA7050 series” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and the like. Examples thereof include triazine-containing cresol novolak resins such as “Phenolite LA-3018” (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation).

 エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]は、必要に応じて、(I)硬化促進剤及び(J)無機充填材を含有していてもよい。
<(I)硬化促進剤>
 エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]は、(G)エポキシ樹脂と(H)エポキシ樹脂硬化剤との反応促進の観点から、(I)硬化促進剤を含有することが好ましい。(I)硬化促進剤としては、例えば、2-フェニルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾリウムトリメリテート等のイミダゾール化合物;トリフェニルホスフィン等の有機リン化合物;ホスホニウムボレート等のオニウム塩;1,8-ジアザビシクロウンデセン等のアミン類;3-(3,4-ジクロロフェニル)-1,1-ジメチルウレアなどが挙げられる。これらは1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。これらの中でも、イミダゾール化合物が好ましく、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾールがより好ましい。
The epoxy resin composition [II] may contain (I) a curing accelerator and (J) an inorganic filler, if necessary.
<(I) Curing accelerator>
The epoxy resin composition [II] preferably contains (I) a curing accelerator from the viewpoint of promoting the reaction between the (G) epoxy resin and the (H) epoxy resin curing agent. (I) Curing accelerators include, for example, imidazole compounds such as 2-phenylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazolium trimellitate; organophosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine Onium salts such as phosphonium borate; amines such as 1,8-diazabicycloundecene; 3- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -1,1-dimethylurea and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together. Among these, imidazole compounds are preferable, and 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole is more preferable.

<(J)無機充填材>
 エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]は、低熱膨張化の観点から(J)無機充填材を含有することが好ましい。(J)無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、硫酸バリウム、タルク、クレー、雲母粉、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、酸化マグネシウム、窒化ホウ素、ホウ酸アルミニウム、チタン酸バリウム、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸カルシウム、チタン酸ビスマス、酸化チタン、ジルコン酸バリウム、ジルコン酸カルシウム等が挙げられる。これらは1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。これらの中でも、低熱膨張係数の観点から、シリカが好ましい。
 無機充填材の平均粒径は、0.1μm以上であることが好ましく、0.2μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.3μm以上であることがさらに好ましい。
 無機充填材は表面処理を施したものであってもよい。例えば、無機充填材としてシリカを使用する場合、表面処理として、シランカップリング剤処理を施していてもよい。シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、アミノシランカップリング剤、ビニルシランカップリング剤、エポキシシランカップリング剤等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、アミノシランカップリング剤で表面処理を施したシリカが好ましい。
<(J) Inorganic filler>
The epoxy resin composition [II] preferably contains an inorganic filler (J) from the viewpoint of low thermal expansion. (J) As the inorganic filler, for example, silica, alumina, barium sulfate, talc, clay, mica powder, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum borate, titanium Examples thereof include barium acid, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, bismuth titanate, titanium oxide, barium zirconate, and calcium zirconate. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together. Among these, silica is preferable from the viewpoint of a low thermal expansion coefficient.
The average particle size of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and further preferably 0.3 μm or more.
The inorganic filler may be subjected to a surface treatment. For example, when silica is used as the inorganic filler, a silane coupling agent treatment may be performed as the surface treatment. Examples of the silane coupling agent include amino silane coupling agents, vinyl silane coupling agents, and epoxy silane coupling agents. Among these, silica subjected to surface treatment with an aminosilane coupling agent is preferable.

(エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]の各成分の含有量)
 エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]中、(G)~(J)成分の含有量は、特に制限されるわけではないが、(G)~(J)成分の総和100質量部に対して、(G)成分が5~50質量部、(H)成分が5~50質量部、(I)成分が0.001~1質量部、(J)成分が20~80質量部であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、(G)~(J)成分の総和100質量部に対して、(G)成分が5~35質量部、(H)成分が5~40質量部、(I)成分が0.001~1質量部、(J)成分が35~80質量部である。
(Content of each component of epoxy resin composition [II])
In the epoxy resin composition [II], the content of the components (G) to (J) is not particularly limited, but with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (G) to (J), (G 5) to 50 parts by weight of component (H), 5 to 50 parts by weight of component (H), 0.001 to 1 part by weight of component (I), and 20 to 80 parts by weight of component (J). More preferably, (G) component is 5 to 35 parts by mass, (H) component is 5 to 40 parts by mass, and (I) component is 0.1 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of components (G) to (J). 001 to 1 part by mass, component (J) is 35 to 80 parts by mass.

 (その他の成分)
 エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]には、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で必要に応じて、添加剤及び有機溶剤等のその他の成分を含有させることができる。これらは1種を単独で含有させてもよいし、2種以上を含有させてもよい。
(Other ingredients)
The epoxy resin composition [II] can contain other components such as an additive and an organic solvent as necessary within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. These may contain 1 type independently, and may contain 2 or more types.

(添加剤)
 添加剤としては、例えば、着色剤、酸化防止剤、還元剤、紫外線吸収剤、蛍光増白剤、密着性向上剤、有機充填剤等が挙げられる。これらは1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(Additive)
Examples of the additive include a colorant, an antioxidant, a reducing agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a fluorescent brightener, an adhesion improver, and an organic filler. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.

(有機溶剤)
 有機溶剤については、前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]における有機溶剤の説明と同様に説明される。
(Organic solvent)
About an organic solvent, it is demonstrated similarly to description of the organic solvent in the said thermosetting resin composition [I].

 次に、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[III]が含有する各成分について詳細に説明する。
<(K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物>
 (K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物は、シロキサン骨格を有するマレイミド化合物であれば特に制限はない。例えば、1分子中に少なくとも2個のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物(k-1)[以下、「マレイミド化合物(k-1)」ともいう]と、1分子中に少なくとも2個の第一級アミノ基を有するシロキサン化合物(k-2)[以下、「シロキサン化合物(k-2)」ともいう]との付加反応物等が好ましく挙げられ、マレイミド化合物(k-1)とシロキサン化合物(k-2)とモノアミン化合物[以下、「モノアミン化合物(k-3)」ともいう]との付加反応物であることがより好ましい。
 マレイミド化合物(k-1)としては、熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]における(A)マレイミド化合物の説明中のマレイミド化合物(a1)と同じものを使用できる。
 シロキサン化合物(k-2)は、下記一般式(k-2-1)で表される構造単位を含有することが好ましい。
Next, each component contained in the thermosetting resin composition [III] will be described in detail.
<(K) Silicone-modified maleimide compound>
(K) The silicone-modified maleimide compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a maleimide compound having a siloxane skeleton. For example, a maleimide compound (k-1) having at least two N-substituted maleimide groups in one molecule [hereinafter also referred to as “maleimide compound (k-1)”] and at least two second maleimide groups in one molecule. Preferred examples include addition reaction products with a siloxane compound (k-2) having a primary amino group [hereinafter also referred to as “siloxane compound (k-2)”], and maleimide compound (k-1) and siloxane compound ( More preferred is an addition reaction product of k-2) and a monoamine compound [hereinafter also referred to as “monoamine compound (k-3)”].
As the maleimide compound (k-1), the same compounds as the maleimide compound (a1) in the description of the (A) maleimide compound in the thermosetting resin composition [I] can be used.
The siloxane compound (k-2) preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following general formula (k-2-1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

(一般式(k-2-1)中、Rk1及びRk2は各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基、又は置換基を有するフェニル基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

(In general formula (k-2-1), R k1 and R k2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a phenyl group having a substituent.)

 Rk1及びRk2が示す炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基等が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 「置換基を有するフェニル基」における、フェニル基が有する置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基、炭素数2~5のアルキニル基が挙げられる。該炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、前記したものと同じものが挙げられる。該炭素数2~5のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基、アリル基等が挙げられる。炭素数2~5のアルキニル基としては、エチニル基、プロパルギル基等が挙げられる。
 Rk1及びRk2は、いずれも炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R k1 and R k2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, and an n-pentyl group. Groups and the like. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the substituent of the phenyl group in the “phenyl group having a substituent” include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. . Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms are the same as those described above. Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms include a vinyl group and an allyl group. Examples of the alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms include ethynyl group and propargyl group.
R k1 and R k2 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.

 シロキサン化合物(k-2)としては、下記一般式(k-2-2)で表されるシロキサンジアミンがより好ましい。 As the siloxane compound (k-2), a siloxane diamine represented by the following general formula (k-2-2) is more preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

(一般式(k-2-2)中、Rk1及びRk2は、一般式(k-2-1)中のものと同じである。Rk3及びRk4は各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基、又は置換基を有するフェニル基を示す。Rk5及びRk6は各々独立に、2価の有機基を表し、mは2~100の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

(In general formula (k-2-2), R k1 and R k2 are the same as those in general formula (k-2-1). R k3 and R k4 each independently represent 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group, a phenyl group, or a phenyl group having a substituent, wherein R k5 and R k6 each independently represents a divalent organic group, and m is an integer of 2 to 100.)

 Rk3及びRk4が示す炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基、及び置換基を有するフェニル基は、Rk1及びRk2における説明と同様に説明される。Rk3及びRk4としては、メチル基が好ましい。
 Rk5及びRk6が示す2価の有機基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、アリーレン基、-O-又はこれらが組み合わされた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。該アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等の炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が挙げられる。該アルケニレン基としては、炭素数2~10のアルケニレン基が挙げられる。該アルキニレン基としては、炭素数2~10のアルキニレン基が挙げられる。該アリーレン基としては、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等の炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、Rk5及びRk6としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基が好ましい。
 mは、好ましくは2~50の整数、より好ましくは3~40の整数、さらに好ましくは5~30の整数、さらに好ましくは7~30の整数である。
The alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, and the phenyl group having a substituent represented by R k3 and R k4 are described in the same manner as described for R k1 and R k2 . As R k3 and R k4 , a methyl group is preferable.
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by R k5 and R k6 include an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylene group, —O—, or a divalent linking group in which these are combined. Examples of the alkylene group include alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group. Examples of the alkenylene group include alkenylene groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkynylene group include alkynylene groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the arylene group include arylene groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
Among these, as R k5 and R k6 , an alkylene group and an arylene group are preferable.
m is preferably an integer of 2 to 50, more preferably an integer of 3 to 40, still more preferably an integer of 5 to 30, and further preferably an integer of 7 to 30.

 シロキサン化合物(k-2)の官能基当量に特に制限はないが、好ましくは300~3,000g/mol、より好ましくは300~2,000g/mol、さらに好ましくは300~1,500g/molである。 The functional group equivalent of the siloxane compound (k-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 3,000 g / mol, more preferably 300 to 2,000 g / mol, and still more preferably 300 to 1,500 g / mol. is there.

 シロキサン化合物(k-2)としては、市販品を用いることができる。市販品としては、例えば、「KF-8010」(アミノ基の官能基当量:430g/mol)、「X-22-161A」(アミノ基の官能基当量:800g/mol)、「X-22-161B」(アミノ基の官能基当量:1,500g/mol)、「KF-8012」(アミノ基の官能基当量:2,200g/mol)、「KF-8008」(アミノ基の官能基当量:5,700g/mol)、「X-22-9409」(アミノ基の官能基当量:700g/mol)、「X-22-1660B-3」(アミノ基の官能基当量:2,200g/mol)(以上、信越化学工業株式会社製)、「BY-16-853U」(アミノ基の官能基当量:460g/mol)、「BY-16-853」(アミノ基の官能基当量:650g/mol)、「BY-16-853B」(アミノ基の官能基当量:2,200g/mol)(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング株式会社製)、「XF42-C5742」(アミノ基の官能基当量:1,280g/mol)、「XF42-C6252」(アミノ基の官能基当量:1,255g/mol)、「XF42-C5379」(アミノ基の官能基当量:745g/mol)(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ・ジャパン合同会社製)等が挙げられる。これらは1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 A commercially available product can be used as the siloxane compound (k-2). Examples of commercially available products include “KF-8010” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 430 g / mol), “X-22-161A” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 800 g / mol), “X-22- 161B "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 1,500 g / mol)," KF-8012 "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 2,200 g / mol)," KF-8008 "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 5,700 g / mol), “X-22-9409” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 700 g / mol), “X-22-1660B-3” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 2,200 g / mol) (Above, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), “BY-16-853U” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 460 g / mol), “BY-16-853” (functional group equivalent of amino group: 650 g / mol) , "B -16-853B "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 2,200 g / mol) (above, manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.)," XF42-C5742 "(functional group equivalent of amino group: 1,280 g / mol) "XF42-C6252" (amino group functional group equivalent: 1,255 g / mol), "XF42-C5379" (amino group functional group equivalent: 745 g / mol) (above, Momentive Performance Materials Japan Joint Company-made). These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.

 モノアミン化合物(k-3)としては、前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]におけるモノアミン化合物(a2)と同じものを使用することができ、好ましいものも同じである。 As the monoamine compound (k-3), the same compounds as the monoamine compound (a2) in the thermosetting resin composition [I] can be used, and preferable ones are also the same.

 前述の通り、(K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物の一態様は、前記マレイミド化合物(k-1)と、前記シロキサン化合物(k-2)と、必要に応じてモノアミン化合物(k-3)とを反応させることによって製造することができる。
 該反応において、マレイミド化合物(k-1)、シロキサン化合物(k-2)及び必要に応じて使用するモノアミン化合物(k-3)それぞれの使用割合としては、ゲル化防止及び耐熱性の観点から、マレイミド化合物(k-1)のマレイミド基の当量が、シロキサン化合物(k-2)及びモノアミン化合物(k-3)の第一級アミノ基の当量の総和を超えることが好ましく、マレイミド化合物(k-1)のマレイミド基の当量と、シロキサン化合物(k-2)及びモノアミン化合物(k-3)の第一級アミノ基の当量の総和との比〔(k-1)/[(k-2)+(k-3)]が、1~15であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましく、3~10であることがさらに好ましい。
 反応温度は、生産性及び均一に反応を進行させる観点から、70~150℃が好ましく、90~130℃がより好ましい。また、反応時間に特に制限は無いが、0.1~10時間が好ましく、1~6時間がより好ましい。
As described above, one embodiment of the (K) silicone-modified maleimide compound is a reaction between the maleimide compound (k-1), the siloxane compound (k-2), and, if necessary, the monoamine compound (k-3). Can be manufactured.
In the reaction, the respective use ratios of the maleimide compound (k-1), the siloxane compound (k-2) and the monoamine compound (k-3) used as necessary are from the viewpoint of prevention of gelation and heat resistance. The maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide compound (k-1) preferably exceeds the sum of the equivalents of primary amino groups of the siloxane compound (k-2) and the monoamine compound (k-3), and the maleimide compound (k- The ratio of the equivalent of the maleimide group of 1) to the sum of the equivalents of primary amino groups of the siloxane compound (k-2) and the monoamine compound (k-3) [(k-1) / [(k-2) + (K−3)] is preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 2 to 10, and even more preferably from 3 to 10.
The reaction temperature is preferably 70 to 150 ° C., more preferably 90 to 130 ° C. from the viewpoint of productivity and uniform reaction. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 hours, and more preferably 1 to 6 hours.

<(L)イミダゾール化合物>
 (L)イミダゾール化合物としては、例えば、2-メチルイミダゾール、2-エチルイミダゾール、2-ウンデシルイミダゾール、2-ヘプタデシルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、1,2-ジメチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-1-メチルイミダゾール、1,2-ジエチルイミダゾール、1-エチル-2-メチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、4-エチル-2-メチルイミダゾール、1-イソブチル-2-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチルイミダゾール、1-ベンジル-2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-メチルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-エチルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-ピロロ[1,2-a]ベンズイミダゾール、2,4-ジアミノ-6-[2'-メチルイミダゾリル-(1’)]エチル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ジアミノ-6-[2'-ウンデシルイミダゾリル-(1’)]エチル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ジアミノ-6-[2'-エチル-4'-メチルイミダゾリル-(1’)]エチル-s-トリアジン等のイミダゾール化合物;イソシアネートマスクイミダゾール、エポキシマスクイミダゾール等の変性イミダゾール化合物;1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾリウムトリメリテート等の、前記イミダゾール化合物とトリメリト酸との塩;前記イミダゾール化合物とイソシアヌル酸との塩;前記イミダゾール化合物と臭化水素酸との塩などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、変性イミダゾール化合物が好ましく、イソシアネートマスクイミダゾールがより好ましい。イミダゾール化合物は、1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
<(L) Imidazole compound>
Examples of the (L) imidazole compound include 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, 2-heptadecylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-1- Methylimidazole, 1,2-diethylimidazole, 1-ethyl-2-methylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 4-ethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-isobutyl-2-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl- 4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-ethylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-ethyl-4 -Methylimi Sol, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo [1,2-a] benzimidazole, 2,4 -Diamino-6- [2'-methylimidazolyl- (1 ')] ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6- [2'-undecylimidazolyl- (1')] ethyl-s-triazine, Imidazole compounds such as 2,4-diamino-6- [2′-ethyl-4′-methylimidazolyl- (1 ′)] ethyl-s-triazine; modified imidazole compounds such as isocyanate mask imidazole and epoxy mask imidazole; A salt of the imidazole compound and trimellitic acid, such as cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazolium trimellitate; Salts with tetrazole compound and isocyanuric acid; and salts with the imidazole compound and hydrobromic acid. Among these, a modified imidazole compound is preferable, and an isocyanate mask imidazole is more preferable. An imidazole compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

<(M)無機充填材>
 (M)無機充填材としては、前記エポキシ樹脂組成物[II]における(J)無機充填材の説明と同様に説明される。
<(M) Inorganic filler>
(M) The inorganic filler is described in the same manner as the description of (J) inorganic filler in the epoxy resin composition [II].

(熱硬化性樹脂組成物[III]の各成分の含有量)
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[III]中、(K)~(M)成分の含有量は、特に制限されるわけではないが、(K)~(M)成分の総和100質量部に対して、(K)成分が15~80質量部、(L)成分が0.01~5質量部、(M)成分が15~80質量部であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、(K)~(M)成分の総和100質量部に対して、(K)成分が30~65質量部、(L)成分が0.01~3質量部、(M)成分が30~65質量部である。
(Content of each component of thermosetting resin composition [III])
In the thermosetting resin composition [III], the content of the components (K) to (M) is not particularly limited, but with respect to 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (K) to (M), The component (K) is preferably 15 to 80 parts by mass, the component (L) is 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, and the component (M) is preferably 15 to 80 parts by mass. More preferably, for 100 parts by mass of the sum of the components (K) to (M), the component (K) is 30 to 65 parts by mass, the component (L) is 0.01 to 3 parts by mass, and the component (M) is 30 to 65 parts by mass.

 (その他の成分)
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物[III]には、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で必要に応じて、添加剤及び有機溶剤等のその他の成分を含有させることができる。これらは1種を単独で含有させてもよいし、2種以上を含有させてもよい。
(Other ingredients)
The thermosetting resin composition [III] can contain other components such as an additive and an organic solvent as necessary within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. These may contain 1 type independently, and may contain 2 or more types.

(添加剤)
 添加剤としては、例えば、着色剤、酸化防止剤、還元剤、紫外線吸収剤、蛍光増白剤、密着性向上剤、有機充填剤等が挙げられる。これらは1種を単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(Additive)
Examples of the additive include a colorant, an antioxidant, a reducing agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a fluorescent brightener, an adhesion improver, and an organic filler. These may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.

(有機溶剤)
 有機溶剤については、前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物[I]における有機溶剤の説明と同様に説明される。
(Organic solvent)
About an organic solvent, it is demonstrated similarly to description of the organic solvent in the said thermosetting resin composition [I].

[プリプレグ]
 本発明の製造方法により得られるプリプレグは、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さく、さらに、前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いたものであれば、高耐熱性、高金属箔接着性、高ガラス転移温度、低熱膨張性、成形性及びめっき付き回り性(レーザ加工性)にも優れる。
[Prepreg]
The prepreg obtained by the production method of the present invention has little variation in the amount of dimensional change. Further, if the thermosetting resin composition is used, the prepreg has high heat resistance, high metal foil adhesion, and high glass transition temperature. Also, it has excellent low thermal expansibility, formability, and wraparound (laser processability).

 また、本発明によれば、以下のプリプレグを提供することができる。本発明の製造方法により得られるプリプレグも、以下のプリプレグに該当し、換言すると、以下のプリプレグは、本発明の製造方法により製造することができる。
 基材及び熱硬化性樹脂組成物を含有してなり、下記方法に従って求める標準偏差σが0.012%以下であるプリプレグ。
標準偏差σの算出方法:
 プリプレグ1枚の両面に厚さ18μmの銅箔を重ね、190℃、2.45MPaにて90分間加熱加圧成形し、厚さ0.1mmの両面銅張積層板を作製する。こうして得られた両面銅張積層板について、面内に直径1.0mmの穴開けを図1に記載の1~8の場所に実施する。図1に記載のたて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を画像測定機を使用して測定し、各測定距離を初期値とする。その後、外層銅箔を除去し、乾燥機にて185℃で60分間加熱する。冷却後、初期値の測定方法と同様にして、たて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を測定する。各測定距離の初期値に対する変化率[(加熱処理後の測定値-初期値)×100/初期値]からそれらの変化率の平均値を求め、該平均値に対する標準偏差σを算出する。
 前記画像測定機に特に制限は無いが、例えば、「QV-A808P1L-D」(Mitutoyo社製)を使用することができる。
Moreover, according to this invention, the following prepregs can be provided. The prepreg obtained by the production method of the present invention also corresponds to the following prepreg. In other words, the following prepreg can be produced by the production method of the present invention.
A prepreg comprising a base material and a thermosetting resin composition and having a standard deviation σ of 0.012% or less determined according to the following method.
Standard deviation σ calculation method:
A copper foil having a thickness of 18 μm is stacked on both surfaces of one prepreg, and heat-press molding is performed at 190 ° C. and 2.45 MPa for 90 minutes, thereby producing a double-sided copper-clad laminate having a thickness of 0.1 mm. With respect to the double-sided copper clad laminate thus obtained, a hole having a diameter of 1.0 mm is formed in the plane at the locations 1 to 8 shown in FIG. Use an image measuring machine to determine the distance between each of the three points in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) shown in FIG. And measure each distance as the initial value. Thereafter, the outer layer copper foil is removed and heated at 185 ° C. for 60 minutes in a dryer. After cooling, in the same manner as the initial value measurement method, three points each in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and the weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) Measure distance. An average value of the change rates is obtained from the change rate [(measured value after heat treatment−initial value) × 100 / initial value] with respect to the initial value of each measurement distance, and the standard deviation σ with respect to the average value is calculated.
The image measuring machine is not particularly limited, but for example, “QV-A808P1L-D” (manufactured by Mitutoyo) can be used.

 前記標準偏差σは、好ましくは0.011%以下、より好ましくは0.010%以下、さらに好ましくは0.009%以下である。標準偏差σの下限値に特に制限はないが、通常、0.003%以上であり、0.005%以上であってもよいし、0.006%以上であってもよいし、0.007%以上であってもよい。 The standard deviation σ is preferably 0.011% or less, more preferably 0.010% or less, and further preferably 0.009% or less. The lower limit value of the standard deviation σ is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.003% or more, 0.005% or more, 0.006% or more, 0.007 % Or more.

[積層板]
 本発明の積層板は、前記プリプレグと金属箔とを含有してなるものである。例えば、前記プリプレグを1枚用いるか又は必要に応じて2~20枚重ね、その片面又は両面に金属箔を配置した構成で、好ましくは加熱して積層成形することにより製造することができる。なお、金属箔を配置した積層板を、金属張積層板と称することがある。
 金属箔の金属としては、電気絶縁材料用途で用いられるものであれば特に制限されないが、導電性の観点から、好ましくは、銅、金、銀、ニッケル、白金、モリブデン、ルテニウム、アルミニウム、タングステン、鉄、チタン、クロム、又はこれらの金属元素のうちの少なくとも1種を含む合金であることが好ましく、銅、アミルニウムがより好ましく、銅がさらに好ましい。
 積層板の成形条件としては、電気絶縁材料用積層板及び多層板の公知の成形手法を適用することができ、例えば、多段プレス、多段真空プレス、連続成形、オートクレーブ成形機等を使用し、温度100~250℃、圧力0.2~10MPa、加熱時間0.1~5時間で成形することができる。
 また、本発明のプリプレグと内層用プリント配線板とを組合せ、積層成形して、多層板を製造することもできる。
 金属箔の厚みに特に制限はなく、プリント配線板の用途等により適宜選択できる。金属箔の厚みは、好ましくは0.5~150μm、より好ましくは1~100μm、さらに好ましくは5~50μm、特に好ましくは5~30μmである。
[Laminated board]
The laminated board of this invention contains the said prepreg and metal foil. For example, it can be manufactured by using one sheet of the prepreg or stacking 2 to 20 sheets as necessary, and arranging metal foil on one side or both sides thereof, preferably by heating and laminate molding. In addition, the laminated board which has arrange | positioned metal foil may be called a metal-clad laminated board.
The metal of the metal foil is not particularly limited as long as it is used for electrical insulating materials, but from the viewpoint of conductivity, preferably copper, gold, silver, nickel, platinum, molybdenum, ruthenium, aluminum, tungsten, Iron, titanium, chromium, or an alloy containing at least one of these metal elements is preferable, copper and amylnium are more preferable, and copper is more preferable.
As the molding conditions of the laminated plate, a known molding method of a laminated plate for an electrical insulating material and a multilayer plate can be applied, for example, using a multistage press, a multistage vacuum press, continuous molding, an autoclave molding machine, etc. Molding can be performed at 100 to 250 ° C., a pressure of 0.2 to 10 MPa, and a heating time of 0.1 to 5 hours.
Moreover, the prepreg of the present invention and the printed wiring board for inner layer can be combined and laminated to produce a multilayer board.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular in the thickness of metal foil, According to the use etc. of a printed wiring board, it can select suitably. The thickness of the metal foil is preferably 0.5 to 150 μm, more preferably 1 to 100 μm, still more preferably 5 to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 μm.

 なお、金属箔にめっきをすることによりめっき層を形成することも好ましい。
 めっき層の金属は、めっきに使用し得る金属であれば特に制限されない。めっき層の金属は、好ましくは、銅、金、銀、ニッケル、白金、モリブデン、ルテニウム、アルミニウム、タングステン、鉄、チタン、クロム、及びこれらの金属元素のうちの少なくとも1種を含む合金の中から選択されることが好ましい。
 めっき方法としては特に制限はなく、公知の方法、例えば電解めっき法、無電解めっき法が利用できる。
In addition, it is also preferable to form a plating layer by plating metal foil.
The metal of the plating layer is not particularly limited as long as it can be used for plating. The metal of the plating layer is preferably made of copper, gold, silver, nickel, platinum, molybdenum, ruthenium, aluminum, tungsten, iron, titanium, chromium, and an alloy containing at least one of these metal elements. Preferably it is selected.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a plating method, For example, a well-known method, for example, the electroplating method and the electroless-plating method, can be utilized.

[プリント配線板]
 本発明は、前記プリプレグ又は前記積層板を含有してなるプリント配線板をも提供する。
 本発明のプリント配線板は、金属張積層板の金属箔に対して回路加工を施すことにより製造することができる。回路加工は、例えば、金属箔表面にレジストパターンを形成後、エッチングにより不要部分の金属箔を除去し、レジストパターンを剥離後、ドリルにより必要なスルーホールを形成し、再度レジストパターンを形成後、スルーホールに導通させるためのメッキを施し、最後にレジストパターンを剥離することにより行うことができる。このようにして得られたプリント配線板の表面にさらに上記の金属張積層板を前記したのと同様の条件で積層し、さらに、上記と同様にして回路加工して多層プリント配線板とすることができる。この場合、必ずしもスルーホールを形成する必要はなく、バイアホールを形成してもよく、両方を形成することができる。このような多層化は必要枚数行われる。
[Printed wiring board]
The present invention also provides a printed wiring board comprising the prepreg or the laminated board.
The printed wiring board of the present invention can be produced by subjecting a metal foil of a metal-clad laminate to circuit processing. For example, after forming a resist pattern on the surface of the metal foil, the unnecessary portion of the metal foil is removed by etching, the resist pattern is peeled off, a necessary through hole is formed by a drill, and a resist pattern is formed again. It can be performed by plating for conducting through holes and finally peeling off the resist pattern. The above-described metal-clad laminate is further laminated on the surface of the printed wiring board thus obtained under the same conditions as described above, and further, the circuit is processed in the same manner as described above to obtain a multilayer printed wiring board. Can do. In this case, it is not always necessary to form a through hole, a via hole may be formed, and both can be formed. Such multi-layering is performed as many times as necessary.

[半導体パッケージ]
 本発明の半導体パッケージは、本発明のプリント配線板に半導体を搭載してなるものである。本発明の半導体パッケージは、本発明のプリント配線板の所定の位置に、半導体チップ、メモリ等を搭載して製造することができる。
[Semiconductor package]
The semiconductor package of the present invention is obtained by mounting a semiconductor on the printed wiring board of the present invention. The semiconductor package of the present invention can be manufactured by mounting a semiconductor chip, a memory or the like at a predetermined position of the printed wiring board of the present invention.

 次に、下記の実施例により本発明をさらに詳しく説明するが、これらの実施例は本発明をいかなる意味においても制限するものではない。本発明に係る熱硬化性樹脂組成物を用いて、樹脂ワニス、樹脂ワニスを用いて作製したプリプレグ前駆体、該プリプレグ前駆体に表面加熱処理を実施したプリプレグ、さらに銅張積層板を作製し、作製された銅張積層板を評価した。評価方法を以下に示す。 Next, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the following examples, but these examples do not limit the present invention in any way. Using the thermosetting resin composition according to the present invention, a resin varnish, a prepreg precursor produced using a resin varnish, a prepreg obtained by subjecting the prepreg precursor to surface heat treatment, and a copper-clad laminate are produced, The produced copper clad laminate was evaluated. The evaluation method is shown below.

[評価方法]
<1.耐熱性(リフローはんだ耐熱性)>
 各例で作製した4層銅張積層板を用いて、最高到達温度を266℃とし、260℃以上の恒温槽環境下で30秒間4層銅張積層板を流すことを1サイクルとし、目視にて基板が膨れたと確認できるまでのサイクル数を求めた。サイクル数が多いほど、耐熱性に優れる。
[Evaluation methods]
<1. Heat resistance (Reflow soldering heat resistance)>
Using the four-layer copper-clad laminate produced in each example, the maximum temperature reached 266 ° C., and flowing the four-layer copper-clad laminate for 30 seconds in a thermostatic bath environment of 260 ° C. or higher was regarded as one cycle. Thus, the number of cycles until it was confirmed that the substrate was swollen was obtained. The greater the number of cycles, the better the heat resistance.

<2.比誘電率(Dk)>
 ネットワークアナライザ「8722C」(ヒューレットパッカード社製)を用い、トリプレート構造直線線路共振器法により、1GHzにおける両面銅張積層板の比誘電率の測定を実施した。試験片サイズは、200mm×50mm×厚さ0.8mmで、1枚の両面銅張積層板の片面の中心にエッチングにより幅1.0mmの直線線路(ライン長さ200mm)を形成し、裏面は全面に銅を残してグランド層とした。もう1枚の両面銅張積層板について、片面を全面エッチングし、裏面はグランド層とした。これら2枚の両面銅張積層板を、グランド層を外側にして重ね合わせ、ストリップ線路とした。測定は25℃で行った。
 比誘電率が小さいほど好ましい。
<2. Relative permittivity (Dk)>
Using a network analyzer “8722C” (manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Company), the relative dielectric constant of the double-sided copper-clad laminate at 1 GHz was measured by a triplate structure linear line resonator method. The test piece size is 200 mm x 50 mm x thickness 0.8 mm. A straight line (line length 200 mm) with a width of 1.0 mm is formed by etching at the center of one side of one double-sided copper-clad laminate, and the back side is A ground layer was formed by leaving copper on the entire surface. For the other double-sided copper-clad laminate, one side was etched entirely and the back side was a ground layer. These two double-sided copper-clad laminates were stacked with the ground layer on the outside to form a strip line. The measurement was performed at 25 ° C.
The smaller the relative dielectric constant, the better.

<3.金属箔接着性(銅箔ピール強度)>
 金属箔接着性は、銅箔ピール強度によって評価した。各例で作製した両面銅張積層板を銅エッチング液「過硫酸アンモニウム(APS)」(株式会社ADEKA製)に浸漬することにより3mm幅の銅箔を形成して評価基板を作製し、オートグラフ「AG-100C」(株式会社島津製作所製)を用いて銅箔のピール強度を測定した。値が大きいほど、金属箔接着性に優れることを示す。
<3. Metal foil adhesion (copper foil peel strength)>
Metal foil adhesion was evaluated by copper foil peel strength. The double-sided copper-clad laminate produced in each example was immersed in a copper etching solution “ammonium persulfate (APS)” (manufactured by ADEKA) to form a copper foil having a width of 3 mm to produce an evaluation board. The peel strength of the copper foil was measured using “AG-100C” (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). It shows that it is excellent in metal foil adhesiveness, so that a value is large.

<4.ガラス転移温度(Tg)>
 各例で作製した両面銅張積層板を銅エッチング液「過硫酸アンモニウム(APS)」(株式会社ADEKA製)に浸漬することにより銅箔を取り除いた5mm角の評価基板を作製し、TMA試験装置「Q400EM」(TAインスツルメンツ社製)を用い、評価基板の面方向(Z方向)の30~260℃における熱膨張特性を観察し、膨張量の変曲点をガラス転移温度とした。
<4. Glass transition temperature (Tg)>
The double-sided copper-clad laminate produced in each example was immersed in a copper etching solution “Ammonium Persulfate (APS)” (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) to produce a 5 mm square evaluation substrate from which the copper foil was removed. Q400EM "(manufactured by TA Instruments) was used to observe the thermal expansion characteristics at 30 to 260 ° C. in the plane direction (Z direction) of the evaluation substrate, and the inflection point of the expansion amount was defined as the glass transition temperature.

<5.低熱膨張性>
 各例で作製した両面銅張積層板を銅エッチング液「過硫酸アンモニウム(APS)」(株式会社ADEKA製)に浸漬することにより銅箔を取り除いた5mm角の評価基板を作製し、TMA試験装置「Q400EM」(TAインスツルメンツ社製)を用いて、評価基板の面方向の熱膨張率(線膨張率)を測定した。なお、試料が有する熱歪みの影響を除去するため、昇温-冷却サイクルを2回繰り返し、2回目の温度変位チャートの、30℃~260℃の熱膨張率[ppm/℃]を測定し、低熱膨張性の指標とした。値が小さいほど、低熱膨張性に優れている。なお、表中には、Tg未満(「<Tg」と表記する。)における熱膨張率とTg超(「>Tg」と表記する。)における熱膨張率とに分けて記載した。
  測定条件 1st Run:室温→210℃(昇温速度10℃/min)
       2nd Run:0℃→270℃(昇温速度10℃/min)
 銅張積層板は、さらなる薄型化が望まれており、これに併せて銅張積層板を構成するプリプレグの薄型化も検討されている。薄型化されたプリプレグは、反りやすくなるため、熱処理時におけるプリプレグの反りが小さいことが望まれる。反りを小さくするためには、基材の面方向の熱膨張率が小さいことが有効である。
<5. Low thermal expansion>
The double-sided copper-clad laminate produced in each example was immersed in a copper etching solution “Ammonium Persulfate (APS)” (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) to produce a 5 mm square evaluation substrate from which the copper foil was removed. The thermal expansion coefficient (linear expansion coefficient) in the surface direction of the evaluation substrate was measured using “Q400EM” (manufactured by TA Instruments). In order to remove the influence of the thermal strain of the sample, the temperature rising / cooling cycle was repeated twice, and the coefficient of thermal expansion [ppm / ° C.] of 30 ° C. to 260 ° C. in the second temperature displacement chart was measured. An index of low thermal expansion was used. The smaller the value, the better the low thermal expansion. In the table, the thermal expansion coefficient below Tg (denoted as “<Tg”) and the thermal expansion coefficient above Tg (denoted as “> Tg”) are shown separately.
Measurement conditions 1 st Run: room temperature → 210 ° C. (temperature increase rate 10 ° C./min)
2 nd Run: 0 ° C. → 270 ° C. (temperature increase rate 10 ° C./min)
The copper-clad laminate is desired to be further reduced in thickness, and in conjunction with this, the prepreg constituting the copper-clad laminate is also being considered to be thinner. Since the thinned prepreg is likely to warp, it is desired that the prepreg warp during heat treatment be small. In order to reduce the warpage, it is effective that the coefficient of thermal expansion in the surface direction of the substrate is small.

<6.めっき付き回り性(レーザ加工性)>
 各例で作製した4層銅張積層板に対して、レーザマシン「LC-2F21B/2C」(日立ビアメカニクス株式会社製)を用いて、目標穴径80μm、ガウシアン、サイクルモードにより、銅ダイレクト法、パルス幅15μs×1回、7μs×4回を行い、レーザ穴開けを実施した。
 得られたレーザ穴開け基板に関して、膨潤液「スウェリングディップセキュリガントP」(アトテックジャパン株式会社製)を70℃、5分、粗化液「ドージングセキュリガントP500J」(アトテックジャパン株式会社製)を70℃、9分、中和液「リダクションコンディショナーセキュリガントP500」(アトテックジャパン株式会社製)を40℃、5分の条件で使用し、デスミア処理を実施した。この後、無電解めっき液「プリガントMSK-DK」(アトテックジャパン株式会社製)を30℃、20分、電気めっき液「カパラシドHL」(アトテックジャパン株式会社製)を24℃、2A/dm、2時間を実施し、レーザ加工基板にめっきを施した。
 得られたレーザ穴開け基板の断面観察を実施し、めっきの付き回り性を確認した。めっきの付き回り性の評価方法として、レーザ穴上部のめっき厚みとレーザ穴底部のめっき厚みの差が、レーザ穴上部のめっき厚みの10%以内であることが付き回り性として好ましいことから、100穴中における、この範囲に含まれる穴の存在割合(%)を求めた。
<6. Plating rotation (Laser workability)>
Using the laser machine “LC-2F21B / 2C” (manufactured by Hitachi Via Mechanics Co., Ltd.) with the target hole diameter of 80 μm, Gaussian, and cycle mode for the 4-layer copper-clad laminate produced in each example, the copper direct method The laser was drilled with a pulse width of 15 μs × 1 and 7 μs × 4.
Regarding the obtained laser drilled substrate, the swelling liquid “Swelling Dip Securigant P” (manufactured by Atotech Japan Co., Ltd.) is 70 ° C. for 5 minutes, and the roughening liquid “Dosing Securigant P500J” (manufactured by Atotech Japan Co., Ltd.) is used. The desmear treatment was carried out at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes using the neutralizing solution “Reduction Conditioner Securigant P500” (manufactured by Atotech Japan Co., Ltd.) at 40 ° C. for 5 minutes. Thereafter, electroless plating solution “Prigant MSK-DK” (manufactured by Atotech Japan Co., Ltd.) at 30 ° C. for 20 minutes, electroplating solution “Kaparaside HL” (manufactured by Atotech Japan Co., Ltd.) at 24 ° C., 2 A / dm 2 After 2 hours, the laser-processed substrate was plated.
The cross section of the obtained laser drilled substrate was observed, and the plating coverage was confirmed. As a method for evaluating the throwing power of plating, the difference between the plating thickness at the top of the laser hole and the plating thickness at the bottom of the laser hole is preferably within 10% of the plating thickness at the top of the laser hole. The existence ratio (%) of holes included in this range in the hole was determined.

<7.成形性>
 各例で作製した4層銅張積層板について、外層銅を除去した後、樹脂の埋め込み性として、340mm×500mmの面内中における、ボイド及びかすれの有無を目視によって確認し、成形性の指標とした。ボイド及びかすれが無い場合、「良好」と示し、ボイド又はかすれが有る場合には、その旨を示す。ボイド及びかすれが無い場合、成形性が良好であると言える。
<7. Formability>
For the four-layer copper-clad laminate produced in each example, after removing the outer layer copper, the presence or absence of voids and blurring in the in-plane of 340 mm × 500 mm was visually confirmed as resin embedding ability, and an index of formability It was. When there is no void or blur, it is indicated as “good”, and when there is a void or blur, this is indicated. When there is no void and blur, it can be said that the moldability is good.

<8.寸法変化量のバラつきの評価>
 各例で作製した両面銅張積層板について、面内に直径1.0mmの穴開けを図1の通りに実施した。図1に記載の通り、ガラスクロスのたて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を画像測定機「QV-A808P1L-D」(Mitutoyo社製)を使用して測定し、各測定距離を初期値とした。その後、外層銅箔を除去し、乾燥機にて185℃で60分間加熱した。冷却後、初期値の測定方法と同様にして、たて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を測定した。各測定距離の初期値に対する変化率[(測定値-初期値)×100/初期値]からそれらの変化率の平均値を求め、該平均値に対する標準偏差σを算出し、該標準偏差σを寸法変化量のバラつきの指標とした。標準偏差σの値が小さいことが、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さく、好ましいことを示す。
<8. Evaluation of variation in dimensional change>
About the double-sided copper clad laminated board produced in each example, the hole with a diameter of 1.0 mm was implemented in the surface as FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, the distance between three points in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and the weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) of the glass cloth is shown in the image. Measurement was performed using a measuring instrument “QV-A808P1L-D” (manufactured by Mitutoyo), and each measurement distance was set as an initial value. Thereafter, the outer layer copper foil was removed and heated at 185 ° C. for 60 minutes in a dryer. After cooling, in the same manner as the initial value measurement method, three points each in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and the weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) The distance was measured. The average value of the rate of change is obtained from the rate of change of each measurement distance with respect to the initial value [(measured value−initial value) × 100 / initial value], and the standard deviation σ with respect to the average value is calculated. It was used as an index of variation in dimensional change. A small value of the standard deviation σ indicates that the variation in dimensional change is small and preferable.

 以下、実施例及び比較例で使用した各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component used in Examples and Comparative Examples will be described.

(A)成分:下記製造例1で製造したマレイミド化合物(A)の溶液を用いた。
[製造例1]
 温度計、攪拌装置及び還流冷却管付き水分定量器を備えた容積1Lの反応容器に、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン19.2g、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン174.0g、p-アミノフェノール6.6g及びジメチルアセトアミド330.0gを入れ、100℃で2時間反応させて、酸性置換基とN-置換マレイミド基とを有するマレイミド化合物(A)(Mw=1,370)のジメチルアセトアミド溶液を得、(A)成分として用いた。
 なお、上記重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレンを用いた検量線から換算した。検量線は、標準ポリスチレン:TSKstandard POLYSTYRENE(Type;A-2500、A-5000、F-1、F-2、F-4、F-10、F-20、F-40)[東ソー株式会社製]を用いて3次式で近似した。GPCの条件は、以下に示す。
 装置:(ポンプ:L-6200型[株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製])、
   (検出器:L-3300型RI[株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製])、
   (カラムオーブン:L-655A-52[株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製])
 カラム;TSKgel SuperHZ2000+TSKgel SuperHZ2300(全て東ソー株式会社製)
 カラムサイズ:6.0mm×40mm(ガードカラム)、7.8mm×300mm(カラム)
 溶離液:テトラヒドロフラン
 試料濃度:20mg/5mL
 注入量:10μL
 流量:0.5mL/分
 測定温度:40℃
(A) component: The solution of the maleimide compound (A) manufactured by the following manufacture example 1 was used.
[Production Example 1]
In a reaction vessel having a volume of 1 L equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer and a moisture meter with a reflux condenser, 19.2 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 174.0 g of bis (4-maleimidophenyl) methane, p-aminophenol 6.6 g and dimethylacetamide 330.0 g were added and reacted at 100 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a dimethylacetamide solution of maleimide compound (A) (Mw = 1,370) having an acidic substituent and an N-substituted maleimide group. And used as component (A).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was converted from a calibration curve using standard polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The calibration curve is standard polystyrene: TSK standard POLYSTYRENE (Type; A-2500, A-5000, F-1, F-2, F-4, F-10, F-20, F-40) [manufactured by Tosoh Corporation] Was approximated by a cubic equation. The GPC conditions are shown below.
Apparatus: (Pump: L-6200 type [manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation]),
(Detector: L-3300 type RI [manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation]),
(Column oven: L-655A-52 [manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation])
Column: TSKgel SuperHZ2000 + TSKgel SuperHZ2300 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Column size: 6.0 mm × 40 mm (guard column), 7.8 mm × 300 mm (column)
Eluent: Tetrahydrofuran Sample concentration: 20mg / 5mL
Injection volume: 10 μL
Flow rate: 0.5 mL / min Measurement temperature: 40 ° C

(B)成分:クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂「EPICLON(登録商標)N-673」(DIC株式会社製)
(C-1)成分:「SMA(登録商標)EF40」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=4、Mw=11,000、CRAY VALLEY社製)
(C-2)成分:「SMA(登録商標)3000」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=2、Mw=7,500、CRAY VALLEY社製)
(C-3)成分:「SMA(登録商標)EF80」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=8、Mw=14,400、CRAY VALLEY社製)
(C-4)成分:「SMA(登録商標)1000」(スチレン/無水マレイン酸=1、Mw=5,000、CRAY VALLEY社製)
Component (B): Cresol novolac type epoxy resin “EPICLON (registered trademark) N-673” (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
Component (C-1): “SMA (registered trademark) EF40” (styrene / maleic anhydride = 4, Mw = 11,000, manufactured by CRAY VALLEY)
Component (C-2): “SMA (registered trademark) 3000” (styrene / maleic anhydride = 2, Mw = 7,500, manufactured by CRAY VALLEY)
Component (C-3): “SMA (registered trademark) EF80” (styrene / maleic anhydride = 8, Mw = 14,400, manufactured by CRAY VALLEY)
Component (C-4): “SMA (registered trademark) 1000” (styrene / maleic anhydride = 1, Mw = 5,000, manufactured by CRAY VALLEY)

(D)成分:アミノシラン系カップリング剤により処理された溶融シリカ(平均粒子径:1.9μm、比表面積5.8m/g)
他の無機充填材:「F05-30」(非処理の破砕シリカ、平均粒子径:4.2μm、比表面積5.8m/g、福島窯業株式会社製)
Component (D): fused silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent (average particle size: 1.9 μm, specific surface area 5.8 m 2 / g)
Other inorganic filler: “F05-30” (untreated crushed silica, average particle size: 4.2 μm, specific surface area 5.8 m 2 / g, manufactured by Fukushima Ceramics Co., Ltd.)

(E)成分:ジシアンジアミド(日本カーバイド工業株式会社製)
(F)成分:「PX-200」(芳香族リン酸エステル(下記構造式参照)、大八化学工業株式会社製)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(E) component: Dicyandiamide (Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd.)
Component (F): “PX-200” (aromatic phosphate ester (see structural formula below), manufactured by Daihachi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

[実施例1~13、比較例1~4]
 上記に示した各成分を下記表1~4の通りに配合(但し、溶液の場合は固形分換算量を示す。)し、さらに溶液の不揮発分が65~75質量%になるようにメチルエチルケトンを追加し、各実施例及び各比較例の熱硬化性樹脂組成物に関して樹脂ワニスを調製した。
 得られた各樹脂ワニスをIPC規格#3313のガラスクロス(0.1mm)に含浸させ、温度160℃に設定したパネルヒーターで4分間乾燥してB-ステージ化した(工程1)後、室温(約20℃)へ放冷し(工程2)、プリプレグ前駆体を得た。なお、比較例においては、このままプリプレグとして用いた。
 各実施例においては、得られたプリプレグ前駆体に対して、表面加熱処理を温度500℃に設定したパネルヒーターで3秒間、表面加熱処理(製品表面温度70℃)を行い、その後、室温(約20℃)まで冷却してプリプレグを作製した(工程3)。
[Examples 1 to 13, Comparative Examples 1 to 4]
Each component shown above was blended as shown in Tables 1 to 4 below (however, in the case of a solution, the solid content is shown), and methyl ethyl ketone was added so that the nonvolatile content of the solution was 65 to 75% by mass. In addition, resin varnishes were prepared for the thermosetting resin compositions of each Example and each Comparative Example.
Each resin varnish obtained was impregnated with IPC standard # 3313 glass cloth (0.1 mm), dried with a panel heater set at a temperature of 160 ° C. for 4 minutes to be B-staged (step 1), and then at room temperature (step 1). The mixture was allowed to cool to about 20 ° C. (step 2) to obtain a prepreg precursor. In the comparative example, the prepreg was used as it was.
In each example, the obtained prepreg precursor was subjected to surface heat treatment (product surface temperature 70 ° C.) for 3 seconds with a panel heater whose surface heat treatment was set to a temperature of 500 ° C. A prepreg was produced by cooling to 20 ° C. (step 3).

(両面銅張積層板の作製及び性能評価)
 前記プリプレグ8枚を重ねたものの両面に厚さ18μmの銅箔「3EC-VLP-18」(三井金属株式会社製)を重ね、温度190℃、圧力25kgf/cm(2.45MPa)にて90分間加熱加圧成形し、厚さ0.8mm(プリプレグ8枚分)の両面銅張積層板を作製し、該銅張積層板を用いて、前記方法に従って、比誘電率、金属箔接着性、ガラス転移温度(Tg)及び低熱膨張性について測定及び評価した。
 またプリプレグ1枚の両面に厚さ18μmの銅箔「3EC-VLP-18」(三井金属株式会社製)を重ね、温度190℃、圧力25kgf/cm(2.45MPa)にて90分間加熱加圧成形し、厚さ0.1mm(プリプレグ1枚分)の両面銅張積層板を作製し、該両面銅張積層板を用いて、前記方法に従って、寸法変化量のバラつきについて測定及び評価した。
(Production and performance evaluation of double-sided copper-clad laminates)
Copper foil “3EC-VLP-18” (manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 18 μm is layered on both sides of the above-described eight prepregs, and the temperature is 190 ° C. and the pressure is 25 kgf / cm 2 (2.45 MPa). Heat-press molding for a minute to prepare a double-sided copper-clad laminate with a thickness of 0.8 mm (equivalent to 8 prepregs), and using the copper-clad laminate, according to the above methods, relative dielectric constant, metal foil adhesion, Glass transition temperature (Tg) and low thermal expansion were measured and evaluated.
Also, a 18 μm thick copper foil “3EC-VLP-18” (manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Co., Ltd.) is stacked on both sides of one prepreg, and heated for 90 minutes at a temperature of 190 ° C. and a pressure of 25 kgf / cm 2 (2.45 MPa). A double-sided copper-clad laminate having a thickness of 0.1 mm (for one prepreg) was prepared, and the dimensional variation was measured and evaluated using the double-sided copper-clad laminate according to the above-described method.

(4層銅張積層板の作製及び性能評価)
 一方で、前記プリプレグ1枚を使用し、両面に厚さ18μmの銅箔「YGP-18」(日本電解株式会社製)を重ね、温度190℃、圧力25kgf/cm(2.45MPa)にて90分間加熱加圧成形し、厚さ0.1mm(プリプレグ1枚分)の両面銅張積層板を作製した後、両銅箔面に内層密着処理(「BF処理液」(日立化成株式会社製)を使用。)を施し、厚さ0.05mmのプリプレグを1枚ずつ重ね両面に厚さ18μmの銅箔「YGP-18」(日本電解株式会社製)を重ね、温度190℃、圧力25kgf/cm(2.45MPa)にて90分間加熱加圧成形して4層銅張積層板を作製した。該4層銅張積層板を用いて、前記方法に従って、耐熱性、めっき付き回り性及び成形性の評価を実施した。
 結果を表1~4に示す。
(Production and performance evaluation of 4-layer copper-clad laminate)
On the other hand, one prepreg was used, and a copper foil “YGP-18” (manufactured by Nippon Electrolytic Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 18 μm was stacked on both sides at a temperature of 190 ° C. and a pressure of 25 kgf / cm 2 (2.45 MPa). After heat-press molding for 90 minutes to produce a double-sided copper-clad laminate with a thickness of 0.1 mm (one prepreg), inner layer adhesion treatment (“BF treatment solution” (manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) on both copper foil surfaces ), And prepregs with a thickness of 0.05 mm are stacked one by one, and a copper foil “YGP-18” (manufactured by Nippon Electrolytic Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 18 μm is stacked on both sides, and the temperature is 190 ° C. and the pressure is 25 kgf / A four-layer copper-clad laminate was produced by heating and pressing at cm 2 (2.45 MPa) for 90 minutes. Using the four-layer copper-clad laminate, heat resistance, plating-around property and formability were evaluated according to the above methods.
The results are shown in Tables 1 to 4.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
 

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
 

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
 

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
 

[実施例14]
 実施例1における樹脂ワニスの調製の代わりに、下記の成分を用いて樹脂ワニスを調製した。
 ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂(日本化薬株式会社製、商品名:NC-3000、エポキシ当量:280~300g/eq)19質量部、クレゾールノボラック樹脂(DIC株式会社製、商品名:KA-1165、水酸基当量:119g/eq)16質量部、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール(四国化成工業株式会社製)0.02質量部、溶融シリカ(株式会社アドマテックス製、アミノシランカップリング剤処理をした溶融シリカ、平均粒径:2μm)65質量部を混合し、溶媒(メチルエチルケトン)で希釈することによって、樹脂ワニス(固形分濃度:70質量%)を調製した。
 その他の工程は実施例1と同様に行うことにより、プリプレグを得た。得られたプリプレグを用いて、実施例1と同様の方法により両面銅張積層板を作製し、該両面銅張積層板を用いて寸法変化量のバラつきについて測定及び評価したところ、標準偏差σの値は0.010%であった。
[Example 14]
Instead of preparing the resin varnish in Example 1, a resin varnish was prepared using the following components.
19 parts by mass of biphenylaralkyl novolac type epoxy resin (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trade name: NC-3000, epoxy equivalent: 280 to 300 g / eq), cresol novolac resin (manufactured by DIC Corporation, trade name: KA-1165), Hydroxyl equivalent: 119 g / eq) 16 parts by mass, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole (manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 0.02 parts by mass, fused silica (manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd., treated with an aminosilane coupling agent) A resin varnish (solid content concentration: 70% by mass) was prepared by mixing 65 parts by mass of silica (average particle size: 2 μm) and diluting with a solvent (methyl ethyl ketone).
Other steps were performed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a prepreg. Using the obtained prepreg, a double-sided copper-clad laminate was prepared by the same method as in Example 1, and when the dimensional variation was measured and evaluated using the double-sided copper-clad laminate, the standard deviation σ The value was 0.010%.

[実施例15]
 実施例1における樹脂ワニスの調製の代わりに、下記の成分を用いて樹脂ワニスを調製した。
 攪拌装置、還流冷却管付き水分定量器の付いた加熱及び冷却可能な容積2Lの反応容器に、KF-8010(両末端アミン変性シリコーンオイル、信越化学工業株式会社製)75.7gと、ビス(4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン(大和化成工業株式会社製、商品名:BMI-1000)168.0gと、p-アミノフェノール(東京化成株式会社製)6.4gと、溶媒(メチルエチルケトン)250.0gとを入れ、100℃で3時間反応させることにより、シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物を得た。当該シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物49.5質量部、溶融シリカ50質量部(アドマテックス株式会社製、アミノシランカップリング剤処理をした溶融シリカ)及びイソシアネートマスクイミダゾール0.5質量部(第一工業製薬株式会社製、商品名:G-8009L)を混合し、溶媒(メチルエチルケトン)で希釈することによって、樹脂ワニス(固形分濃度:70質量%)を調製した。
 その他の工程は実施例1と同様に行うことにより、プリプレグを得た。得られたプリプレグを用いて、実施例1と同様の方法により両面銅張積層板を作製し、該両面銅張積層板を用いて寸法変化量のバラつきについて測定及び評価したところ、標準偏差σの値は0.009%であった。
[Example 15]
Instead of preparing the resin varnish in Example 1, a resin varnish was prepared using the following components.
In a reaction vessel with a volume of 2 L that can be heated and cooled, equipped with a stirrer and a moisture quantifier with a reflux condenser, 75.7 g of KF-8010 (both end amine-modified silicone oil, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and bis ( 4-maleimidophenyl) methane (trade name: BMI-1000, manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 168.0 g, p-aminophenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 6.4 g, and solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) 250.0 g And reacted at 100 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a silicone-modified maleimide compound. 49.5 parts by mass of the silicone-modified maleimide compound, 50 parts by mass of fused silica (manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., fused silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent) and 0.5 parts by mass of an isocyanate mask imidazole (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) , Trade name: G-809L) was mixed and diluted with a solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) to prepare a resin varnish (solid content concentration: 70% by mass).
Other steps were performed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a prepreg. Using the obtained prepreg, a double-sided copper-clad laminate was prepared by the same method as in Example 1, and when the dimensional variation was measured and evaluated using the double-sided copper-clad laminate, the standard deviation σ The value was 0.009%.

 以上の結果より、以下のことがわかった。
 実施例ではプリプレグ前駆体に対して表面加熱処理を実施したため、表面加熱処理を非実施の比較例に対して標準偏差σが小さくなり、寸法変化量のバラつきが十分に抑制された。
 また、実施例1~13では、リフローはんだ耐熱性が耐熱要求レベル以上の10サイクル以上を達成し、低比誘電率、高金属箔接着性及び高ガラス転移温度が得られ、且つ低熱膨張性を示した。また、壁面からのガラスクロスの飛び出しや、適度な粗化形状を有すことから、良好なめっき付き回り性を有していることを確認した。成形性においても、樹脂の埋め込み性は良好であり、かすれ及びボイド等の異常は確認されなかった。それらの中でも、実施例1~10においては、実施例11~13よりも、比誘電率及び金属箔接着性がより良好であり、その他の特性も安定して発現していた。
From the above results, the following was found.
In the examples, since the surface heat treatment was performed on the prepreg precursor, the standard deviation σ was smaller than that of the comparative example in which the surface heat treatment was not performed, and the variation in the dimensional change was sufficiently suppressed.
In Examples 1 to 13, the heat resistance of the reflow solder is 10 cycles or more, which is higher than the required heat resistance level, low dielectric constant, high metal foil adhesion and high glass transition temperature are obtained, and low thermal expansion is achieved. Indicated. Moreover, since it jumped out of the glass cloth from the wall surface and had an appropriate roughened shape, it was confirmed that it has good plating revolving property. Also in the moldability, the embedding property of the resin was good, and abnormalities such as blurring and voids were not confirmed. Among them, in Examples 1 to 10, the specific permittivity and the metal foil adhesion were better than those in Examples 11 to 13, and other characteristics were stably expressed.

 本発明により得られるプリプレグ及び該プリプレグを含有してなる積層板は、寸法変化量のバラつきが小さいため、電子機器用のプリント配線板として有用である。 The prepreg obtained by the present invention and a laminate comprising the prepreg are useful as printed wiring boards for electronic devices because of little variation in dimensional change.

Claims (20)

 熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸させた後、該熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得る工程、及び
 前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後に、表面加熱処理工程を有し、
 前記表面加熱処理工程は、熱源温度200~700℃でプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理する工程である、
プリプレグの製造方法。
After impregnating the base material with a thermosetting resin composition, B-stage the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor, and a surface heat treatment step after obtaining the prepreg precursor. Have
The surface heat treatment step is a step of heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor at a heat source temperature of 200 to 700 ° C.
A method for producing a prepreg.
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物を基材に含浸させた後、該熱硬化性樹脂組成物をB-ステージ化してプリプレグ前駆体を得る工程、及び
 前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後に、表面加熱処理工程を有し、
 前記表面加熱処理工程は、プリプレグ前駆体の表面温度が40~130℃となるようにプリプレグ前駆体の表面を加熱処理する工程である、
プリプレグの製造方法。
After impregnating the base material with a thermosetting resin composition, B-stage the thermosetting resin composition to obtain a prepreg precursor, and a surface heat treatment step after obtaining the prepreg precursor. Have
The surface heat treatment step is a step of heat-treating the surface of the prepreg precursor so that the surface temperature of the prepreg precursor is 40 to 130 ° C.
A method for producing a prepreg.
 前記プリプレグ前駆体を得る工程の後、且つ前記表面加熱処理工程の前に、プリプレグ前駆体を5~60℃に冷却する工程を有する、請求項1又は2に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。 The method for producing a prepreg according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a step of cooling the prepreg precursor to 5 to 60 ° C after the step of obtaining the prepreg precursor and before the surface heat treatment step.  前記表面加熱処理の時間が1.0~10.0秒である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。 The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the time of the surface heat treatment is 1.0 to 10.0 seconds.  前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が(A)マレイミド化合物を含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。 The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (A) a maleimide compound.  前記(A)成分が、(a1)少なくとも2個のN-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物と、(a2)下記一般式(a2-1)で示されるモノアミン化合物と、(a3)下記一般式(a3-1)で示されるジアミン化合物とを反応させて得られる、N-置換マレイミド基を有するマレイミド化合物である、請求項5に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

(一般式(a2-1)中、RA4は、水酸基、カルボキシ基及びスルホン酸基から選択される酸性置換基を示す。RA5は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はハロゲン原子を示す。tは1~5の整数、uは0~4の整数であり、且つ、1≦t+u≦5を満たす。但し、tが2~5の整数の場合、複数のRA4は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。また、uが2~4の整数の場合、複数のRA5は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

(一般式(a3-1)中、XA2は、炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基又は-O-を示す。RA6及びRA7は、各々独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、カルボキシ基又はスルホン酸基を示す。v及びwは、各々独立に、0~4の整数である。)
The component (A) comprises (a1) a maleimide compound having at least two N-substituted maleimide groups, (a2) a monoamine compound represented by the following general formula (a2-1), and (a3) the following general formula ( 6. The method for producing a prepreg according to claim 5, which is a maleimide compound having an N-substituted maleimide group obtained by reacting with a diamine compound represented by a3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

(In General Formula (a2-1), R A4 represents an acidic substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonic acid group, and R A5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. t is an integer of 1 to 5, u is an integer of 0 to 4, and 1 ≦ t + u ≦ 5, provided that when t is an integer of 2 to 5, a plurality of R A4 may be the same And when u is an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R A5 may be the same or different.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

(In the general formula (a3-1), X A2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or —O—. R A6 and R A7 each independently represents an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. A group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, or a sulfonic acid group, and v and w are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.)
 前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、さらに
(B)エポキシ樹脂、
(C)置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂、及び
(D)アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ
を含有する、請求項5又は6に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
The thermosetting resin composition further comprises (B) an epoxy resin,
(C) A copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride, and (D) silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent. The method for producing a prepreg according to 1.
 前記(B)成分が、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及びジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種である、請求項7に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。 The component (B) is bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl novolak type epoxy resin and dicyclopentadiene. The manufacturing method of the prepreg of Claim 7 which is at least 1 sort (s) selected from the group which consists of a type | mold epoxy resin.  前記(C)成分が、下記一般式(C-i)で表される構造単位と下記式(C-ii)で表される構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂である、請求項7又は8に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(式中、RC1は、水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、RC2は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、水酸基又は(メタ)アクリロイル基である。xは、0~3の整数である。但し、xが2又は3である場合、複数のRC2は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
The component (C) is a copolymer resin having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (Ci) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (C-ii): The manufacturing method of prepreg of description.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(Wherein R C1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R C2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms) An aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a (meth) acryloyl group, where x is an integer of 0 to 3, provided that when x is 2 or 3, a plurality of R C2 may be the same or different. May be.)
 基材及び熱硬化性樹脂組成物を含有してなり、下記方法に従って求める標準偏差σが0.012%以下であるプリプレグ。
標準偏差σの算出方法:
 プリプレグ1枚の両面に厚さ18μmの銅箔を重ね、190℃、2.45MPaにて90分間加熱加圧成形し、厚さ0.1mmの両面銅張積層板を作製する。こうして得られた両面銅張積層板について、面内に直径1.0mmの穴開けを図1に記載の1~8の場所に実施する。図1に記載のたて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を画像測定機を使用して測定し、各測定距離を初期値とする。その後、外層銅箔を除去し、乾燥機にて185℃で60分間加熱する。冷却後、初期値の測定方法と同様にして、たて糸方向(1-7、2-6、3-5)及びよこ糸方向(1-3、8-4、7-5)の各3点ずつの距離を測定する。各測定距離の初期値に対する変化率からそれらの変化率の平均値を求め、該平均値に対する標準偏差σを算出する。
A prepreg comprising a base material and a thermosetting resin composition and having a standard deviation σ of 0.012% or less determined according to the following method.
Standard deviation σ calculation method:
A copper foil having a thickness of 18 μm is stacked on both surfaces of one prepreg, and heat-press molding is performed at 190 ° C. and 2.45 MPa for 90 minutes, thereby producing a double-sided copper-clad laminate having a thickness of 0.1 mm. With respect to the double-sided copper clad laminate thus obtained, a hole having a diameter of 1.0 mm is formed in the plane at the locations 1 to 8 shown in FIG. Use an image measuring machine to determine the distance between each of the three points in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) shown in FIG. And measure each distance as the initial value. Thereafter, the outer layer copper foil is removed and heated at 185 ° C. for 60 minutes in a dryer. After cooling, in the same manner as the initial value measurement method, three points each in the warp direction (1-7, 2-6, 3-5) and the weft direction (1-3, 8-4, 7-5) Measure distance. An average value of the change rates is obtained from the change rate with respect to the initial value of each measurement distance, and a standard deviation σ with respect to the average value is calculated.
 請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の製造方法により得られた、請求項10に記載のプリプレグ。 The prepreg according to claim 10, obtained by the production method according to any one of claims 1 to 9.  前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が(A)マレイミド化合物を含有する、請求項10に記載のプリプレグ。 The prepreg according to claim 10, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (A) a maleimide compound.  前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、さらに
(B)エポキシ樹脂、
(C)置換ビニル化合物に由来する構造単位と無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位とを有する共重合樹脂、及び
(D)アミノシラン系カップリング剤で処理されたシリカ
を含有する、請求項10又は12に記載のプリプレグ。
The thermosetting resin composition further comprises (B) an epoxy resin,
(C) A copolymer resin having a structural unit derived from a substituted vinyl compound and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride, and (D) silica treated with an aminosilane coupling agent. The prepreg described in 1.
 前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(G)エポキシ樹脂及び(H)エポキシ樹脂硬化剤を含有する、請求項10に記載のプリプレグ。 The prepreg according to claim 10, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent.  前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物及び(L)イミダゾール化合物を含有する、請求項10に記載のプリプレグ。 The prepreg according to claim 10, wherein the thermosetting resin composition comprises (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound.  請求項10~15のいずれか1項に記載のプリプレグと金属箔とを含有してなる積層板。 A laminate comprising the prepreg according to any one of claims 10 to 15 and a metal foil.  請求項10~15のいずれか1項に記載のプリプレグ又は請求項16に記載の積層板を含有してなるプリント配線板。 A printed wiring board comprising the prepreg according to any one of claims 10 to 15 or the laminated board according to claim 16.  請求項17に記載のプリント配線板に半導体素子を搭載してなる半導体パッケージ。 A semiconductor package comprising a semiconductor element mounted on the printed wiring board according to claim 17.  前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(G)エポキシ樹脂及び(H)エポキシ樹脂硬化剤を含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。 The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (G) an epoxy resin and (H) an epoxy resin curing agent.  前記熱硬化性樹脂組成物が、(K)シリコーン変性マレイミド化合物及び(L)イミダゾール化合物を含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のプリプレグの製造方法。 The method for producing a prepreg according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the thermosetting resin composition contains (K) a silicone-modified maleimide compound and (L) an imidazole compound.
PCT/JP2018/012387 2017-03-30 2018-03-27 Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package Ceased WO2018181286A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019509871A JP7120219B2 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-03-27 Prepreg manufacturing method, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package
CN201880034594.4A CN110678505B (en) 2017-03-30 2018-03-27 Method for producing prepreg, laminated board, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
KR1020197031500A KR102478431B1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-03-27 Prepreg manufacturing method, prepreg, laminated board, printed wiring board and semiconductor package
JP2022123936A JP7459900B2 (en) 2017-03-30 2022-08-03 Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
JP2024038196A JP2024071417A (en) 2017-03-30 2024-03-12 Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-068062 2017-03-30
JP2017068062 2017-03-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018181286A1 true WO2018181286A1 (en) 2018-10-04

Family

ID=63676075

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/012387 Ceased WO2018181286A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-03-27 Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (3) JP7120219B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102478431B1 (en)
CN (1) CN110678505B (en)
TW (2) TWI761483B (en)
WO (1) WO2018181286A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020094111A (en) * 2018-12-11 2020-06-18 住友ベークライト株式会社 Prepreg, resin substrate, metal-clad laminate, printed circuit board, and semiconductor device
WO2020130008A1 (en) * 2018-12-18 2020-06-25 日立化成株式会社 Composite material, method of manufacturing same, prepreg, laminated board, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
JP2020139128A (en) * 2019-03-01 2020-09-03 ▲広▼▲東▼生益科技股▲ふん▼有限公司Shengyi Technology Co., Ltd. Halogen-free flame-retardant thermosetting resin composition, resin rubber liquid, prepreg for printed circuits, insulating plate, metal-clad laminate and printed wiring board
CN111855479A (en) * 2020-08-14 2020-10-30 宁波甬强科技有限公司 Method for testing volatile content of prepreg
JP2022534306A (en) * 2019-05-31 2022-07-28 ▲広▼▲東▼生益科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Resin composition, prepreg, laminate, metal foil-clad laminate and printed wiring board
WO2025028469A1 (en) * 2023-08-02 2025-02-06 株式会社レゾナック Resin composition, prepreg, laminated plate, metal-clad laminated plate, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
WO2025258595A1 (en) * 2024-06-12 2025-12-18 株式会社レゾナック Method of producing metal-clad laminate, metal-clad laminate, printed wiring board and method of producing same, and semiconductor package and method of producing same

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018181286A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 日立化成株式会社 Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package
CN110218415B (en) * 2019-05-31 2021-07-06 广东生益科技股份有限公司 Resin compositions, prepregs, laminates, metal-clad laminates, and printed wiring boards
KR102567411B1 (en) * 2023-02-06 2023-08-17 주식회사 케이에프컴스 semi-incombustible and flame retardant epoxy resin putty

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005129774A (en) * 2003-10-24 2005-05-19 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Method for manufacturing substrate for printed circuit board
JP2013082883A (en) * 2011-09-27 2013-05-09 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Composition, b-stage sheet, prepreg, cured product of the composition, laminate, metal substrate, wiring board, and method of producing the composition
JP2016008229A (en) * 2014-06-23 2016-01-18 日立化成株式会社 Insulating resin composition, prepreg using the same, and laminate for printed wiring board
JP2016203397A (en) * 2015-04-15 2016-12-08 東邦テナックス株式会社 Method for producing prepreg
JP2016222838A (en) * 2015-06-02 2016-12-28 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board
JP2016222837A (en) * 2015-06-02 2016-12-28 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board

Family Cites Families (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU540230B2 (en) 1978-10-20 1984-11-08 Desai Polymer Developments Ltd. Phenolic resins
JPS56133355A (en) 1980-03-24 1981-10-19 Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc Curable polyphenylene ether resin composition
JPS5869046A (en) 1981-10-21 1983-04-25 旭化成株式会社 Laminated board and its molding method
JPS58164638A (en) 1982-03-25 1983-09-29 Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc Curable resin composition
JPS6118937A (en) 1984-07-06 1986-01-27 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Lighting device of industrial telecamera
JPH0669746B2 (en) 1985-06-13 1994-09-07 松下電工株式会社 Laminated board and its manufacturing method
JPS62148512A (en) 1985-12-23 1987-07-02 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Modification of solidified polyphenylene oxide
JPH0284441A (en) * 1988-04-04 1990-03-26 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Production of prepreg and laminate
JPH0726013B2 (en) 1989-02-08 1995-03-22 旭化成工業株式会社 Curable polyphenylene ether resin composition, and composite material and laminate using the same
JP3293655B2 (en) * 1992-05-28 2002-06-17 東芝ケミカル株式会社 Manufacturing method of prepreg
JP3178925B2 (en) 1992-12-15 2001-06-25 旭化成株式会社 Curable resin composition
JPH06306194A (en) * 1993-04-26 1994-11-01 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Production of prerreg for multilayer printed wiring board
JPH07216111A (en) * 1994-01-31 1995-08-15 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Preparation of prepreg
JPH08318531A (en) * 1995-05-26 1996-12-03 Shin Kobe Electric Mach Co Ltd Laminated prepreg manufacturing method and prepreg drying device
JPH09174546A (en) * 1995-12-25 1997-07-08 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Manufacture of prepreg
JPH101657A (en) * 1996-06-13 1998-01-06 Shinko Kagaku Kogyo Kk Low temperature-curing type adhesive resin composition and low temperature-curing type adhesive sheet formed by using the same
JP2003008232A (en) 2001-06-20 2003-01-10 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Method of manufacturing prepreg
JP2006052473A (en) 2002-08-29 2006-02-23 Asahi Schwebel Co Ltd Glass cloth and printed wiring board
JP2007046048A (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-02-22 Kaneka Corp Material for electroless plating and printed wiring board
MY154599A (en) * 2006-10-06 2015-06-30 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Resin composition, insulating sheet with base, prepreg, multilayer printed wiring board and semiconductor device
JP2011005714A (en) * 2009-06-25 2011-01-13 Toray Ind Inc Film base white substrate
JP2012236920A (en) * 2011-05-12 2012-12-06 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Thermosetting resin composition, and prepreg, laminate and printed-wiring board using the composition
US9056942B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2015-06-16 Dow Global Technologies Llc Curable resin compositions
WO2016194927A1 (en) * 2015-06-02 2016-12-08 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate, and printed circuit board
WO2018181286A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 日立化成株式会社 Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005129774A (en) * 2003-10-24 2005-05-19 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Method for manufacturing substrate for printed circuit board
JP2013082883A (en) * 2011-09-27 2013-05-09 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Composition, b-stage sheet, prepreg, cured product of the composition, laminate, metal substrate, wiring board, and method of producing the composition
JP2016008229A (en) * 2014-06-23 2016-01-18 日立化成株式会社 Insulating resin composition, prepreg using the same, and laminate for printed wiring board
JP2016203397A (en) * 2015-04-15 2016-12-08 東邦テナックス株式会社 Method for producing prepreg
JP2016222838A (en) * 2015-06-02 2016-12-28 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board
JP2016222837A (en) * 2015-06-02 2016-12-28 日立化成株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020094111A (en) * 2018-12-11 2020-06-18 住友ベークライト株式会社 Prepreg, resin substrate, metal-clad laminate, printed circuit board, and semiconductor device
WO2020130008A1 (en) * 2018-12-18 2020-06-25 日立化成株式会社 Composite material, method of manufacturing same, prepreg, laminated board, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
JPWO2020130008A1 (en) * 2018-12-18 2021-10-28 昭和電工マテリアルズ株式会社 Composite materials and their manufacturing methods, prepregs, laminated boards, printed wiring boards and semiconductor packages
JP7517154B2 (en) 2018-12-18 2024-07-17 株式会社レゾナック Composite material and its manufacturing method, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
TWI894133B (en) * 2018-12-18 2025-08-21 日商力森諾科股份有限公司 Composite material and manufacturing method thereof, prepreg, laminate, printed circuit board and semiconductor package
JP2020139128A (en) * 2019-03-01 2020-09-03 ▲広▼▲東▼生益科技股▲ふん▼有限公司Shengyi Technology Co., Ltd. Halogen-free flame-retardant thermosetting resin composition, resin rubber liquid, prepreg for printed circuits, insulating plate, metal-clad laminate and printed wiring board
JP7198156B2 (en) 2019-03-01 2022-12-28 ▲広▼▲東▼生益科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Halogen-free flame-retardant thermosetting resin composition, resin rubber liquid, prepreg for printed circuit, insulating board, metal clad laminate and printed wiring board
JP2022534306A (en) * 2019-05-31 2022-07-28 ▲広▼▲東▼生益科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Resin composition, prepreg, laminate, metal foil-clad laminate and printed wiring board
JP7201846B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2023-01-10 ▲広▼▲東▼生益科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Resin composition, prepreg, laminate, metal foil-clad laminate and printed wiring board
CN111855479A (en) * 2020-08-14 2020-10-30 宁波甬强科技有限公司 Method for testing volatile content of prepreg
WO2025028469A1 (en) * 2023-08-02 2025-02-06 株式会社レゾナック Resin composition, prepreg, laminated plate, metal-clad laminated plate, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
WO2025258595A1 (en) * 2024-06-12 2025-12-18 株式会社レゾナック Method of producing metal-clad laminate, metal-clad laminate, printed wiring board and method of producing same, and semiconductor package and method of producing same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20190131094A (en) 2019-11-25
TWI761483B (en) 2022-04-21
CN110678505A (en) 2020-01-10
TW202222934A (en) 2022-06-16
TW201840664A (en) 2018-11-16
KR102478431B1 (en) 2022-12-15
JPWO2018181286A1 (en) 2020-02-06
CN110678505B (en) 2022-08-23
JP7120219B2 (en) 2022-08-17
JP2024071417A (en) 2024-05-24
JP7459900B2 (en) 2024-04-02
JP2022164679A (en) 2022-10-27
TWI824422B (en) 2023-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7459900B2 (en) Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board, and semiconductor package
JP6801652B2 (en) Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminated board and printed wiring board
JP6701630B2 (en) Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminated board and printed wiring board
JP6454416B2 (en) Resin varnish, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board
HK1258949A1 (en) Resin varnish, prepreg, laminate, and printed wiring board
TWI644955B (en) Thermosetting resin composition and manufacturing method thereof, prepreg, laminated board and printed wiring board
JP6885001B2 (en) Prepreg, laminated board and printed wiring board
JP2018012791A (en) Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board
JP2018095889A (en) Resin varnish, prepreg, laminate and printed wiring board
JP7452417B2 (en) Resin varnish, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package
HK40016038B (en) Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package
HK40016038A (en) Method for producing prepreg, prepreg, laminate, printed wiring board and semiconductor package

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18776822

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019509871

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197031500

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18776822

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1